Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from                                to                               

Commission File Number 0-15760



HARDINGE INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  16-0470200
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

14902-1507
(Zip Code)

(607) 734-2281
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)



Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
    (Name of exchange on which registered)

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d). Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted to its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definite proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K.  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

         Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined by Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  o     No  ý

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2012 was $103.3 million, based on the closing price of common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 29, 2012.

         There were 11,758,543 shares of Hardinge stock outstanding as of March 8, 2013.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of Hardinge Inc.'s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Commission on or about March 27, 2013 are incorporated by reference to Part III of this Form 10-K.

   


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
2012 Annual Report
Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Page  

Business

    1  

Risk Factors

    8  

Properties

    19  

Legal Proceedings

    20  

Mine Safety Disclosures

    20  

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    21  

Selected Financial Data

    23  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    24  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    39  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    40  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    41  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

    42  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    43  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    44  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

    45  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    46  

    1.  

Significant Accounting Policies

    46  

    2.  

Net Inventories

    51  

    3.  

Property, Plant and Equipment

    52  

    4.  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

    52  

    5.  

Financing Arrangements

    54  

    6.  

Income Taxes

    57  

    7.  

Warranty

    61  

    8.  

Industry Segment and Foreign Operations

    61  

    9.  

Employee Benefits

    62  

    10.  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    69  

    11.  

Derivative Financial Instruments

    72  

    12.  

Commitments and Contingencies

    73  

    13.  

Shareholders' Equity

    75  

    14.  

Earnings Per Share

    76  

    15.  

Stock Based Compensation

    76  

    16.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

    79  

    17.  

Acquisitions

    79  

    18.  

Quarterly Financial Information

    81  

    19.  

New Accounting Standards

    82  

Item 9A.—Controls and Procedures

    84  

Item 10.—Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

    86  

Valuation Accounts and Reserves

    92  

i


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.—BUSINESS

General

        Hardinge Inc.'s principal executive office is located within Chemung County at One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902-1507. Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires otherwise, all references to "Hardinge," "we," "us," "our," "the Company" or similar references mean Hardinge Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        Our website, www.hardinge.com, provides links to all of the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A copy of this annual report on Form 10-K and our other annual, quarterly, current reports, and amendments thereto filed with SEC are available on the website or can be obtained free of charge by contacting the Investor Relations Department at our principal executive office. Alternatively, such reports may be accessed at the Internet address of the SEC, which is www.sec.gov, or at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

        We are a global designer, manufacturer and distributor of machine tools, specializing in precision computer numerically controlled metal-cutting machines. The Company has the following direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries:

North America:    

Canadian Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd

  Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.

  Elmira, New York

Usach Technologies, Inc.

  Elgin, Illinois

Europe:

 

 

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

  St. Gallen, Switzerland

Hardinge Holdings B.V.

  Amsterdam, Netherlands

Hardinge GmbH

  Krefeld, Germany

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.

  Raamsdonksveer, Netherlands

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG

  St. Gallen, Switzerland

Jones & Shipman Hardinge Limited

  Leicester, England

Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited

  Leicester, England

Jones & Shipman SARL

  Bron, France

Asia:

 

 

Hardinge China, Limited

  Hong Kong, People's Republic of China

Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  Shanghai, People's Republic of China

Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company, Limited

  Jiaxing, People's Republic of China

Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited

  Nan Tou City, Taiwan, Republic of China

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch

  Nan Tou City, Taiwan, Republic of China

        We have manufacturing facilities located in China, Switzerland, Taiwan, the United Kingdom ("U.K.") and the United States ("U.S."). We manufacture the majority of the products we sell.

Products

        We supply high precision computer controlled metal-cutting turning machines, grinding machines, vertical machining centers, and accessories related to those machines. We believe our products are known for accuracy, reliability, durability and value.

1


Table of Contents

        We have been a manufacturer of industrial-use high precision and general precision turning machine tools since 1890. Turning machines, or lathes, are power-driven machines used to remove material from either bar stock or a rough-formed part by moving multiple cutting tools against the surface of a part rotating at very high speeds in a spindle mechanism. The multi-directional movement of the cutting tools allows the part to be shaped to the desired dimensions. On parts produced by our machines, those dimensions are often measured in millionths of an inch. We consider Hardinge to be a leader in the field of producing machines capable of consistently and cost-effectively producing parts to very close dimensions.

        Grinding is a machining process in which a part's surface is shaped to closer tolerances with a rotating abrasive wheel or tool. Grinding machines can be used to finish parts of various shapes and sizes. The grinding machines of our Kellenberger subsidiary are used to grind the inside and outside diameters of cylindrical parts. Such grinding machines are typically used to provide a more exact finish on a part that has been partially completed on a lathe. The grinding machines of Kellenberger, which are manufactured in both computer and manually controlled models, are generally purchased by the same type of customers as other Hardinge equipment and further our ability to be a primary source for our customers.

        Our Kellenberger precision grinding technology is complemented by our Hauser and Tschudin grinding brands. Hauser machines are jig grinders used to make demanding contour components, primarily for tool and mold-making applications. Tschudin product technology is focused on the specialized grinding of cylindrical parts when the customer requires high volume production. Our Tschudin machines are generally equipped with automatic loading and unloading mechanisms for the part being machined. These loading and unloading mechanisms significantly reduce the level of involvement a machine operator has to perform in the production process.

        During 2010, the Company established Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited after acquiring the assets of Jones and Shipman, a UK-based manufacturer of grinding and super-abrasive machines and machining systems. Jones & Shipman manufactures and distributes a range of high-quality grinding (surface, creep feed and cylindrical) machines used by a diverse range of industries.

        In 2012, the Company acquired Usach Technologies, Inc. ("Usach"), an Illinois-based manufacturer of high precision internal and external grinding machines and systems. The acquisition of Usach complements and enhances our grinding product portfolio.

        Machining centers are designed to remove material from stationary, prismatic or box-like parts of various shapes with rotating tools that are capable of milling, drilling, tapping, reaming and routing. Machining centers have mechanisms that automatically change tools based on commands from a built-in computer control without the assistance of an operator. Machining centers are generally purchased by the same customers who purchase other Hardinge equipment. We supply a broad line of machining centers under our Bridgeport brand name addressing a range of sizes, speeds, and powers.

        Our machines are generally computer controlled and use commands from an integrated computer to control the movement of cutting tools, grinding wheels, part positioning, and in the case of turning and grinding machines, the rotation speeds of the part being shaped. The computer control enables the operator to program operations such as part rotation, tooling selection, and tooling movement for a specific part and then stores that program in memory for future use. The machines are able to produce parts while left unattended when connected to automatic bar-feeding, robotics equipment, or other material handling devices designed to supply raw materials and remove machined parts from the machine.

        New products are critical to our growth plans. We gain access to new products through internal product development, acquisitions, joint ventures, license agreements, and partnerships. Products are introduced each year to both broaden our product offering, to take advantage of new technologies

2


Table of Contents

available to us, and to replace older models nearing the end of their respective product life cycles. These technologies generally allow our machines to run at higher speeds and with more power, thus increasing their efficiency. Customers routinely replace old machines with newer machines that can produce parts faster and with less time to set up the machine when converting from one type of part to another. Generally, our machines can be used to produce parts from all of the standard ferrous and non-ferrous metals, as well as plastics, composites, and exotic materials.

        We focus on products and solutions for companies making parts from hard to machine materials with hard to sustain close tolerances and hard to achieve surface finishes and which also may be hard to hold in the machine. We believe that with our high precision and super precision lathes, our grinding machines, and our rugged machining centers, combined with our accessory products and our technical expertise, we are uniquely qualified to be the supplier of choice for customers manufacturing to demanding specifications.

        On many of our machines, multiple options are available which allow customers to customize their machines to their specific operating performance and cost objectives. We produce machines for stock with popular option combinations for immediate delivery, as well as design and produce machines to specific customer requirements. In addition to our machines, we provide the necessary tooling, accessories, and support services to assist customers in maximizing their return on investment.

        The sale of repair parts is important to our business. Certain parts on machines wear out, fail, or need to be replaced due to misuse over time. Customers will buy parts from us throughout the life of the machine, which typically extends over many years. There are thousands of machines in operation in the world for which we provide those repair parts and in many cases the parts are available exclusively from us. In addition, we offer an extensive line of accessories including workholding, toolholding, and other industrial support products, which may be used on both our machines and those produced by others.

        We offer various warranties on our equipment and consider post-sale support to be a critical element of our business. Warranties on machines typically extend for twelve months after purchase. Services provided include operation and maintenance training, in-field maintenance, and in-field repair. We offer these post sales support services on a paid basis throughout the life of the machine. In territories covered by distributors, this support and service is offered through the distributor.

Sales, Markets and Distribution

        We sell our products in most of the industrialized countries of the world through a combination of distributors, agents, and manufacturers' representatives. In certain areas of China, France, Germany, Netherlands, North America, and the United Kingdom, we have also used a direct sales force for portions of our product lines. Generally, our distributors have an exclusive right to sell our products in a defined geographic area. Our distributors operate as independent businesses and purchase products from us at discounted prices for their customers, while agents and representatives sell products on our behalf and receive commissions on sales. Our discount schedule is adjusted to reflect the level of pre and post sales support offered by our distributors. Our direct sales personnel earn a fixed salary plus commission. Sales through distributors are made only on standard commercial open account terms or through letters of credit. Distributors generally take title to products upon shipment from our facilities and do not have any special return privileges.

        Our non-machine products are sold in the U.S. mainly through direct telephone orders to a toll-free telephone number and via our web site at www.shophardinge.com. In most cases, we are able to package and ship in-stock tooling and repair parts within 24 hours of receiving orders. We can package and ship items with heavy demand within a few hours. In other parts of the world, these products are sold on either a direct sales basis or through distributor arrangements.

3


Table of Contents

        We promote recognition of our products in the marketplace through advertising in trade publications, web presences, email newsletters, and participation in industry trade shows. In addition, we market our non-machine products through publication of general catalogues and other targeted catalogues, which we distribute to existing and prospective customers. We have a considerable presence on the internet at www.hardinge.com where customers can obtain information about our products and place orders for workholding, rotary, knee mill products and repair parts.

        A substantial portion of our end use customers are small and medium-sized independent job shops, which in turn sell machined parts to their industrial customers. Industries directly and indirectly served by us include aerospace, automotive, computer, communications, consumer-electronics, construction equipment, defense, energy, farm equipment, medical equipment, recreational equipment, and transportation.

        No single customer or related group of customers accounted for more than 10% our consolidated sales in 2012 or 2011. While valuing our relationship with each customer, we do not believe that the loss of any single customer, or any few customers, would have an adverse material effect on our business.

        Hardinge Inc. operates in a single business segment, industrial machine tools.

Competitive Conditions

        In our industry, the barriers to entry for competition vary based on the level of product performance required. For the products with the highest performance in terms of accuracy and productivity, the barriers are generally technical in nature. For basic products, often the barriers are not technical; they are tied to product availability, competitive price position, and an effective distribution model that offers the pre and post sales support required by customers. Another significant barrier in the global machine tool industry is the high level of working capital that is required to operate the business.

        We compete in various sectors of the machine tool market within the products of turning, milling, grinding and workholding. We compete with numerous vendors in each market sector we serve. The primary competitive factors in the marketplace for our machine tools are reliability, price, delivery time, service, and technological characteristics. Our management considers our segment of the industry to be extremely competitive. There are many manufacturers of machine tools in the world. They can be categorized by the size of material their products can machine and the precision level their products can achieve. For our high precision, multi-tasking turning and milling equipment, competition comes primarily from companies such as Mori-Seiki, Mazak, and Okuma, which are based in Japan, and DMG, which is based in Germany. Competition in our more standard turning and milling equipment comes, in part, from those companies as well as Doosan, which is based in South Korea, and Haas which is based in the U.S., as well as many Taiwanese companies. Our cylindrical grinding machines compete primarily with Studer, a Swiss Company as well as Toyoda and Shigiya, which are based in Japan. Our Hauser jig grinding machines compete primarily with Moore Tool, which is based in the U.S., and some Japanese suppliers. Our surface grinding machines compete with Okamoto in Japan and Chevalier in Taiwan. Our accessories products compete with many smaller companies.

        The overall number of our competitors providing product solutions serving our target markets may increase. Also, the overall composition of companies with which we compete may change as we broaden our product offerings and the geographic markets we serve. As we expand into new market areas, we will face competition not only from our existing competitors but from other competitors as well, including existing companies with strong technological, marketing and sales positions in those markets. In addition, several of our competitors may have greater resources, including financial, technical, and engineering resources, than we do.

4


Table of Contents

Sources and Availability of Components

        We produce certain of our lathes, knee mills, and related products at our Elmira, New York plant. The Kellenberger grinding machines and related products are manufactured at our St. Gallen, Switzerland plant and Hauser and Tschudin products are produced at our Biel, Switzerland facility. The Jones & Shipman grinding machines are manufactured at our Leicester, England plant. The Usach grinding machines are manufactured at our Elgin, Illinois plant. We produce machining centers and lathes at our facilities in Hardinge Taiwan in Nan Tou, Taiwan and Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company, Ltd. in Jiaxing, China. We manufacture products from various raw materials, including cast iron, sheet metal, and bar steel. We purchase a number of components, sub-assemblies and assemblies from outside suppliers, including the computer and electronic components for our computer controlled lathes, grinding machines, and machining centers. There are multiple suppliers for virtually all of our raw material, components, sub-assemblies and assemblies and historically, we have not experienced a serious supply interruption. However, in 2011, because of the increase in demand driven by early 2011 worldwide order activity, producers of bearings, ball screws, and linear guides had difficulty meeting the rise in demand. Similar demand increase in the future could impact our production schedules.

        A major component of our computer controlled machines is the computer and related electronics package. We purchase these components from Fanuc Limited, a Japanese electronics company, Heidenhain, a German control supplier, or from Siemens, another German control manufacturer. While we believe that design changes could be made to our machines to allow sourcing from several other existing suppliers, and we occasionally do so for special orders, a disruption in the supply of the computer controls from one of our suppliers could cause us to experience a substantial disruption of our operations, depending on the circumstances at the time. We purchase parts from these suppliers under normal trade terms. There are no agreements with these suppliers to purchase minimum volumes per year.

Research and Development

        Our ongoing research and development program involves creating new products, modifying existing products to meet market demands, and redesigning existing products, both to add new functionality and to reduce the cost of manufacturing. The research and development departments throughout the world are staffed with experienced design engineers with varying levels of education, ranging from technical to doctoral degrees.

        The worldwide cost of research and development, all of which has been charged to cost of goods sold, amounted to $12.1 million, $12.2 million and $9.4 million, in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Patents

        Although we hold several patents with respect to certain of our products, we do not believe that our business is dependent to any material extent upon any single patent or group of patents.

Seasonal Trends and Working Capital Requirements

        Hardinge's business and that of the machine tool industry in general, is cyclical. It is not subject to significant seasonal trends. However, our quarterly results are subject to fluctuation based on the timing of our shipments of machine tools, which are largely dependent upon customer delivery requirements. Given that a large percentage of our sales are from Asia, the impact of plant shutdowns in that region by us and our customers due to the celebration of the Lunar New Year holiday may impact the first quarter sales, income from operations, and net income, and result in the first quarter being the lowest quarter of the year.

5


Table of Contents

        The ability to deliver products within a short period of time is an important competitive criterion. We must have inventory on hand to meet customers' delivery expectations, which for standard machines typically range from immediate to eight weeks delivery. Meeting this requirement is especially difficult with some of our products, where delivery is extended due to time associated with shipping on ocean-going vessels, depending on the location of the customer. This creates a need to have inventory of finished machines available in our major markets to serve our customers in a timely manner.

        We deliver many of our machine products within one to two months after the order. Some orders, especially multiple machine orders, are delivered on a turnkey basis with the machine or group of machines configured to make certain parts for the customer. This type of order often includes the addition of material handling equipment, tooling and specific programming. In those cases the customer usually observes and inspects the parts being made on the machine at our facility before it is shipped and the timing of the sale is dependent upon the customer's schedule and acceptance. Therefore, sales from quarter-to-quarter can vary depending upon the timing of those customers' acceptances and the significance of those orders.

        We feel it is important, where practical, to provide readily available workholding and replacement parts for the machines we sell and we carry inventory at levels sufficient to meet these customer requirements.

Governmental Regulations

        We believe that our current operations and our current uses of property, plant and equipment conform in all material respects to applicable laws and regulations in the multiple countries in which we conduct business.

Governmental Contracts

        No material portion of our business is subject to government contracts.

Environmental Matters

        Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters. Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liabilities for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to real property we own and on adjacent parcels of real property.

        In particular, our Elmira, New York manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, New York. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

        Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater

6


Table of Contents

contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

        A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc., the PRPs, have agreed to voluntarily participate in the Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the EPA, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.

        The EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan in May of 2008. On September 7, 2011, the PRPs submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA and on January 10, 2013, the draft Feasibility Study. The draft Feasibility Study identified alternative remedial actions with estimated life-cycle costs ranging from $0.7 million to $3.4 million. We estimate that our portion of the potential costs range from $0.1 million to $0.5 million.

        Based on the current estimated costs of the various remedial alternatives now under consideration by the EPA, we have recorded a reserve of $0.2 million for the Company's share of remediation expenses at the Pond. This reserve is reported as an accrued expense on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        We believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation. Though the foregoing reflects the Company's current assessment as it relates to environmental remediation obligations, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2012, Hardinge Inc. employed 1,417 persons, 435 of whom were located in the United States. Management believes that relations with our employees are good.

Foreign Operations and Export Sales

        Information related to foreign and domestic operations and sales is included in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report. Our strategy has been to diversify our sales and operations geographically so that the impact of economic trends in different regions can be balanced.

        The risks associated with conducting business on an international basis are discussed further in Item 1A—Risk Factors.

7


Table of Contents

Item 1A.—RISK FACTORS

        The various risks related to the Company's business include the risks described below. The business, financial condition or results of operations of Hardinge Inc. could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The risks and uncertainties described below or elsewhere in this Form 10-K are not the only ones to which we are exposed. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business and operations. If any of the matters included in the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our customers' activity levels and spending for our products and services have been impacted by the current global economic conditions, especially deterioration in the credit markets.

        For many of our customers, the purchase of our machines represents a significant capital expenditure. For others, the purchase of our machines is a part of a larger improvement or expansion of manufacturing capability. For all, the purchase represents a long term commitment of capital raised by incurrence of debt, issuance of equity or use of cash flow from operations. Current global economic and financial difficulties across the world are well documented. Governments in Europe, Asia and the U.S. have intervened in an effort to improve conditions. These interventions may have reduced the overall impact of the crisis which began in 2008, but have also themselves caused instability, uncertainty and doubt which continue to the present. As a result, many of our customers have uncertain cash flows and have reduced access to credit and equity markets, all of which make commitment to larger long term capital projects difficult.

Changes in general economic conditions and the cyclical nature of our business could harm our operating results.

        Our business is cyclical in nature, following the strength and weakness of the manufacturing economies in the geographic markets we serve. As a result of this cyclicality, we have experienced, and in the future we can be expected to experience, significant fluctuations in sales and operating income, which may affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the market price of our common shares.

        The following factors, among others, significantly influence demand for our products:

    Fluctuations in capacity at both OEMs and job shops;

    The availability of skilled machinists;

    The need to replace machines that have reached the end of their useful life;

    The need to replace older machines with new technology that increases productivity, reduces general manufacturing costs, and machines parts in a new way;

    The evolution of end-use products requiring machining to more specific tolerances;

    Our customers' use of new materials requiring machining by different processes;

    General economic and manufacturing industry expansions and contractions; and

    Changes in manufacturing capabilities in developing regions.

Our competitive position and prospects for growth may be diminished if we are unable to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are accepted in the market.

        The machine tool industry is subject to technological change, rapidly evolving industry standards, changing customer requirements, and improvements in and expansion of product offerings, especially

8


Table of Contents

with respect to computer-controlled products. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings by competitors, and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are accepted in the market, will be significant factors in our ability to compete and grow. Moreover, if technologies or standards used in our products become obsolete or fail to gain widespread commercial acceptance, our business would be materially adversely affected. Developments by our competitors or others may render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. Failure to effectively introduce new products or product enhancements on a timely basis could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers to obtain certain components, sub-assemblies, assemblies and products. Delays in deliveries from or the loss of any of these suppliers may cause us to incur additional costs, result in delays in manufacturing and delivering our products or cause us to carry excess or obsolete inventory.

        Some components, sub-assemblies, or assemblies we use in the manufacturing of our products are purchased from a limited number of suppliers. Our purchases from these suppliers are generally not made pursuant to long-term contracts and are subject to additional risks associated with purchasing products internationally, including risks associated with potential import restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations, as well as changes in tax laws, tariffs, and freight rates. Although we believe that our relationships with these suppliers are good, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain these products from these suppliers on satisfactory terms indefinitely. The present economic environment could also pose the risk of one of these key suppliers going out of business, or cause delays in delivery times of critical components as business conditions rebound and demand increases.

        We believe that design changes could be made to our machines to allow sourcing of components, sub-assemblies, assemblies or products from several other suppliers; however, a disruption in the supply from any of our suppliers could cause us to experience a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of the countries in which we conduct business and other factors related to our international operations.

        We manufacture a substantial portion of our products overseas and sell our products throughout the world. In 2012, approximately 75% of our products were sold in countries outside of North America. In addition, a majority of our employees are located outside of the United States. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to particular countries in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. These factors include:

    A prolonged world-wide economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our principal international markets including Asia and Europe;

    Changes in political, regulatory, legal, or economic conditions;

    Restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas, customs duties and tariffs, or trade barriers erected by either the United States or other countries where we do business;

    Disruptions of capital and trading markets;

    Changes in import or export licensing requirements;

    Transportation delays;

9


Table of Contents

    Civil disturbances or political instability;

    Geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism or war;

    Currency restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations;

    Changes in labor standards;

    Limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property;

    Nationalization and expropriation;

    Changes in domestic and foreign tax laws;

    Difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and

    Major health concerns.

        Moreover, international conflicts are creating many economic and political uncertainties that are affecting the global economy. Escalation of existing international conflicts or the occurrence of new international conflicts could severely affect our operations and demand for our products.

        Additionally, we must comply with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, and anti-corruption regulations. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, restrictions on our business conduct and on our ability to offer products in one or more countries, and could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain employees, our international operations, our business and our operating results. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors or agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not violate our policies.

We may face trade barriers that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and result in a loss of customers or suppliers.

        Trade barriers established by the United States or other countries may interfere with our ability to offer our products in those markets. We manufacture a substantial portion of our products overseas and sell our products throughout the world. We cannot predict whether the United States or any other country will impose new quotas, tariffs, taxes, or other trade barriers upon the importation or exportation of our products or supplies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Competition and trade barriers in those countries could require us to reduce prices, increase spending on marketing or product development, withdraw or not enter certain markets, or otherwise take actions adverse to us.

        In addition, our subsidiaries may require future equity-related financing, and any capital contributions to certain of our subsidiaries may require the approval of the relevant authorities in the jurisdiction in which the subsidiary is incorporated. Those approvals may be required from the investment commissions or similar agencies of the particular jurisdiction and relate to any initial or additional equity investment by foreign entities in local entities.

        In all jurisdictions in which we operate, we are also subject to the laws and regulations that govern foreign investment and foreign trade, which may limit our ability to repatriate cash as dividends or otherwise.

10


Table of Contents

Our business is highly competitive, and increased competition could reduce our sales, earnings and profitability.

        The markets in which our machines and other products are sold are extremely competitive and highly fragmented. In marketing our products, we compete primarily with other businesses on quality, reliability, price, value, delivery time, service, and technological characteristics. We compete with a number of U.S., European, and Asian competitors, many of which are larger, have greater financial and other resources, and are supported by governmental or financial institution subsidies. Increased competition could force us to lower our prices or to offer additional product features or services at a higher cost to us, which could reduce our earnings.

        The greater financial resources or the lower amount of debt of certain of our competitors may enable them to commit larger amounts of capital in response to changing market conditions. Certain competitors may also have the ability to develop product innovations that could put us at a disadvantage. If we are unable to compete successfully against other manufacturers in our marketplace, we could lose customers, and our sales may decline. There can also be no assurance that customers will continue to regard our products favorably, that we will be able to develop new products that appeal to customers, that we will be able to improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers, or that we will be able to continue to compete successfully in our core markets. While we believe our product lines compete effectively in their markets, we may not continue to do so.

Acquisitions could disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

        We may elect to increase our product offerings and the markets we serve through acquisitions of other companies, product lines, technologies and personnel. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

    Difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies;

    Diversion of management's attention from normal daily operations of the business;

    Potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development;

    Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

    Initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners;

    Difficulties in predicting market demand for acquired products and technologies and the resultant risk of acquiring excess or obsolete inventory;

    Insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions; and

    The potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies.

        Acquisitions may also cause us to:

    Issue common stock that would dilute our current shareholders' percentage ownership;

    Increase our level of indebtedness;

    Assume liabilities;

    Record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges;

    Incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

    Incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and

11


Table of Contents

    Become subject to litigation.

        Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our future acquisitions, if any, will be successful and will not have material adverse affect on our business, operating results or financial condition. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions we make could harm our business and operating results in a material way. Additionally, we may incur significant expenses related to potential acquisitions that are not completed. Prior acquisitions have resulted in a wide range of outcomes, from successful introduction of new products, technologies, facilities, and personnel to an inability to do so. Even when an acquired business has already developed and marketed products, there can be no assurance that product enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to such products.

If we are unable to access additional capital on favorable terms, our liquidity, business, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        The ability to raise financial capital, either in public or private markets or through commercial banks, is critical to our current business and future growth. Our business is generally working capital intensive requiring a long cash-out to cash-in cycle. In addition, we will rely on the availability of longer-term debt financing or equity financing to make investments in new opportunities. Our access to the financial markets could be adversely impacted by various factors including the following:

    Changes in credit markets that reduce available credit or the ability to renew existing facilities on acceptable terms;

    A deterioration in our financial condition that would violate current loan agreement covenants or prohibit us from obtaining additional capital from banks, financial institutions, or investors;

    Extreme volatility in credit markets that increase margin or credit requirements; and

    Volatility in our results that would substantially increase the cost of our capital.

We are subject to significant foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations and our ability to reinvest earnings from operations.

        Our international operations generate sales in a number of foreign currencies including British Pound Sterling ("GBP"), Chinese Renminbi ("CNY"), Euros ("EUR"), New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD"), and Swiss Francs ("CHF"). Therefore, our results of operations and financial condition are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar ("USD"). In addition, our purchases of components in CNY, EUR, TWD, CHF, and Japanese Yen ("JPY") are affected by inter-currency fluctuations in exchange rates.

        We prepare our financial statements in U.S. Dollars in accordance with U.S. GAAP, but a sizable portion of our revenue and operating expenses are in foreign currencies. As a result, we are subject to significant risks, including:

    Foreign exchange risks resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates and the implementation of exchange controls; and

    Limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries.

        Changes in exchange rates will result in increases or decreases in our revenues, costs, and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside of the United States and the amount of our invested equity. Although we may seek to decrease our currency exposure by engaging in hedges against significant transactions and balance sheet currency exposures where we deem it appropriate, we do not hedge against translation risks. Though we monitor and manage our exposures to changes in

12


Table of Contents

currency exchange rates, and utilize currency exchange forward contracts and swaps to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, changes in exchange rates nonetheless cannot always be predicted or hedged. Consequently, we cannot assure you that any efforts to minimize our risk to currency movements will be successful. To the extent we sell our products in markets other than the market in which they are manufactured, currency fluctuations may result in our products becoming too expensive for customers in those markets.

Prices of some raw materials, especially steel and iron, fluctuate, which can adversely affect our sales, costs, and profitability.

        We manufacture products with a relatively high iron casting or steel content, commodities for which worldwide prices fluctuate. The availability of and prices for these and other raw materials are subject to volatility due to worldwide supply and demand forces, speculative actions, inventory levels, exchange rates, production costs, and anticipated or perceived shortages. In some cases, raw material cost increases can be passed on to customers in the form of price increases; in other cases, they cannot. If raw material prices increase and we are not able to charge our customers higher prices to compensate, it would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate based on customer delivery requirements.

        Our quarterly results are subject to significant fluctuation based on the timing of our shipments of machine tools, which are largely dependent upon customer delivery requirements. With individual machines priced as high as $1.8 million and several machines frequently sold together as a package, a request by a customer to delay shipment at quarter end could significantly affect our quarterly results. Given that a large percentage of our sales are from Asia, the impact of the plan shut-downs of one to two weeks in that region by us and our customers due to the celebration of the Lunar New Year holiday, our first quarter sales, income from operations, and net income may be the lowest quarter of the year.

Our expenditures for post-retirement pension obligations could be materially higher than we have predicted if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect or we are required to use different assumptions.

        We provide defined benefit pension plans to eligible employees. Our pension expense, the funding status of our plans and related charges in other comprehensive income, and required contributions to our pension plans are directly affected by the value of plan assets, the projected rate of return on plan assets, the actual rate of return on plan assets and the actuarial assumptions we use to measure our defined benefit pension plan obligations, including the rate at which future obligations are discounted to a present value, or the discount rate.

        Our market-related value of assets recognizes asset losses and gains over a five-year period, which we believe is consistent with the long-term nature of our pension obligations. As a result, the effect of changes in the market value of assets on our pension expense may be experienced in future years rather than fully reflected in the expense for the year immediately following the year in which the fluctuations actually occurred.

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, the value of our pension plan assets increased by $20.9 million primarily due to the strong investment performance. The investment performance of our pension plan assets could significantly impact the growth of those assets. Should the assets earn a return less than the assumed rate of return over time, it is likely that future pension expenses and funding requirements would increase. Investment earnings in excess of the assumed rate of return may reduce future pension expenses and funding requirements.

        For our domestic and foreign plans, discount rates are based on the yields on high grade corporate bonds in each market with maturities matching the projected benefit payments. Discount rates are used

13


Table of Contents

to determine the present value of the projected and accumulated benefit obligation at the end of each year. A change in the discount rate would impact the funded status of our plans. An increase to the discount rate would reduce the pension liability and future pension expense and, conversely, a lower discount rate would increase pension liability and the future pension expense.

        To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, for our domestic and major foreign plans, we consider the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds) in each market, the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class is then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption.

        For pension accounting purposes in our U.S. based plans, which is the largest of our plans, the rate of return assumed on the market-related value of plan assets for determining pension expense was 7.75% for 2012 and 8.00% for 2011. The discount rate used for determining the obligation was 4.31% at December 31, 2012 compared to 5.11% at December 31, 2011.

        We have two defined benefit plans associated with our Swiss subsidiary. When viewed in aggregate, these two plans constitute the second largest of our defined benefit plans. The rate of return assumed on the market-related value of plan assets for determining pension expense on plan assets was 3.70% for 2012 and 3.90% for 2011. The discount rate used for determining the obligation was 2.00% at December 31, 2012 compared to 2.70% at December 31, 2011.

        During 2012, Congress enacted the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act ("MAP-21"). In the short-term, MAP-21 will increase the discount rates used to determine funding liabilities, resulting in significantly lower pension contributions. As a result of MAP-21 and based on the assumptions and estimates, including stock market prices and interest rates, we expect to make no cash contribution to our U.S. qualified pension plan and a contribution of approximately $0.5 million to our U.S. based supplemental pension plans in 2013. We also expect to make contributions of approximately $2.5 million to the foreign plans in 2013. If our current assumptions and estimates are not correct, contributions in years beyond 2013 may be more or less than the projected 2013 contributions.

        In addition, we cannot predict whether changing market or economic conditions, regulatory changes or other factors will increase our pension expenses or our funding obligations, diverting funds we would otherwise apply to other uses. At December 31, 2012, the excess of consolidated projected benefit obligations over plan assets was $47.1 million and the excess of consolidated accumulated benefit obligations over plan assets was $41.9 million.

Our U.S. defined benefit pension plan is currently underfunded and we will be required to make cash payments to the plan, reducing the cash available for our business.

        We record a liability associated with the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan equal to the excess of the benefit obligation over the fair value of plan assets. The liability recorded at December 31, 2012 was $34.3 million. As a result of the enactment of MAP-21, we do not expect to make any funding contributions to our domestic defined benefit pension plan in 2013. Contribution levels are largely contingent on asset returns and corporate bond yields. If the performance of the assets in our U.S. defined benefit pension plan does not meet our expectations and/or corporate bond yields decrease, our future contributions to the plan could increase. Our U.S. defined benefit pension plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA. Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC, has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances.

14


Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees to work at our manufacturing facilities our operations and growth prospects would be adversely impacted.

        We conduct substantially all of our manufacturing operations in less densely populated urban areas, which, in many cases, may represent a relatively small market for skilled labor force. Our continued success depends on our ability to attract and retain a skilled labor force at these locations. If we are not able to attract and retain the personnel we require, we may be unable to develop, manufacture, and market our products, or to expand our operations in a manner that best exploits market opportunities and capitalizes on our investment in our business. This would materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Due to future technological changes, changes in market demand, or changes in market expectations, portions of our inventory may become obsolete or excessive.

        The technologies within our products change and generally new versions of machines are brought to market in three to five year cycles. The phasing out of an old product involves both estimating the amount of inventory to hold to satisfy the final demand for those machines as well as to satisfy future repair part needs. Based on changing customer demand and expectations of delivery times for repair parts, we may find that we have either obsolete or excess inventory on hand. Because of unforeseen changes in technology, market demand, or competition, we may have to write off unusable inventory at some time in the future, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Major changes in the economic situation of our customer base could require us to write off significant portion of our receivables from customers.

        In difficult economic periods, our customers lose work and find it difficult if not impossible to pay for products purchased from us. Although appropriate credit reviews are done at the time of sale, rapidly changing economic conditions can have sudden impacts on customers' ability to pay. We run the risk of bad debt on existing time payment contracts and open accounts. If we write off significant parts of our customer accounts or notes receivable because of unforeseen changes in their business condition, it would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

If we suffer damage to our factories, facilities or distribution system due to catastrophe, our operations could be seriously harmed.

        Our factories, facilities, and distribution system are subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, terrorism, or other natural or man-made disasters. In particular, several of our facilities could be subject to a catastrophic loss caused by earthquake due to their locations. Our facilities in Southeast Asia are located in areas with above average seismic activity. If any of our facilities were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue, and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility.

We rely in part on independent distributors and the loss of these distributors could adversely affect our business.

        In addition to our direct sales force, we depend on the services of independent distributors and agents to sell our products and provide service and aftermarket support to our customers. We support an extensive distributor and agent network worldwide. In 2012, approximately 72% of our sales were through distributors and agents. No distributor accounted for more than 6% of our consolidated sales in 2012. Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of product, many of our distributors are active participants in the sale and support of our products. Many of the distributors with whom we transact business offer competitive products and services to our customers. In addition, the distribution agreements we have are typically cancelable by the distributor after a relatively short notice period. The

15


Table of Contents

loss of a substantial number of our distributors or an increase in the distributors' sales of our competitors' products to our customers could reduce our sales and profits.

We rely on estimated forecasts of our customers' needs and inaccuracies in such forecasts could adversely affect our business.

        We generally sell our products pursuant to individual purchase orders instead of long-term purchase commitments. Therefore, we rely on estimated demand forecasts, based upon input from our customers and the general economic environment, to determine how much material to purchase and product to manufacture. Because our sales are based on purchase orders, our customers may cancel, delay, or otherwise modify their purchase commitments with little or no consequence to them and with little or no notice to us. For these reasons, we generally have limited visibility regarding our customers' actual product needs. The quantities or timing required by our customers for our products could vary significantly. Whether in response to changes affecting the industry or a customer's specific business pressures, any cancellation, delay, or other modification in our customers' orders could significantly reduce our revenue, cause our operating results to fluctuate from period to period and make it more difficult for us to predict our revenue. In the event of a cancellation or reduction of a customer order, we may not have enough time to reduce inventory purchases or our workforce to minimize the effect of the lost revenue on our business. During 2012 and 2011, net orders and related sales were impacted by order cancellations of $4.6 million and $15.9 million, respectively, primarily due to the global economic conditions.

We could face potential product liability claims relating to products we manufacture, which could result in us having to expend significant time and expense to defend these claims and to pay material amounts in damages or settlement.

        We face a business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury or other adverse effects. We currently maintain product liability insurance coverage; however, such insurance does not cover all types of damages that could be assessed against us in a product liability claim and the coverage amounts are subject to certain limitations under the applicable policies. We may not be able to obtain product liability insurance on acceptable terms in the future. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In addition, we believe our business depends on the strong brand reputation we have developed. In the event that our reputation is damaged, we may face difficulty in maintaining our pricing positions with respect to some of our products, which would reduce our sales and profitability.

Current employment laws or changes in employment laws could increase our costs and may adversely affect our business.

        Various federal, state and foreign labor laws govern the relationship with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime, unemployment tax rates, workers' compensation rates, citizenship requirements, and costs to terminate or layoff employees. Significant additional government-imposed increases in the following areas could materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flow:

    minimum wages;

    mandated health benefits;

    paid leaves of absence;

16


Table of Contents

    mandatory severance payments; and

    employment taxes.

We are subject to environmental laws that could impose significant costs on us and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to sanctions and material fines and expenses.

        Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters. Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liabilities for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to real property we own and on adjacent parcels of real property.

        In particular, our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

        Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

        A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc., the PRPs, have agreed to voluntarily participate in the Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the EPA, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.

        The EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan in May of 2008. On September 7, 2011, the PRPs submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA and on January 2013, the draft Feasibility Study. The draft Feasibility Study identified alternative remedial actions with estimated life-cycle costs ranging from $0.7 million to $3.4 million. We estimate that our portion of the potential costs range from $0.1 million to $0.5 million.

        Based on the current estimated costs of the various remedial alternatives now under consideration by the EPA, we have recorded a reserve of $0.2 million for the Company's share of remediation expenses at the Pond. This reserve is reported as an accrued expense on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

17


Table of Contents

        We believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation. Though the foregoing reflects the Company's current assessment as it relates to environmental remediation obligations, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

The loss of current members of our senior management team and other key personnel may adversely affect our operating results.

        The loss of senior management and other key personnel could impair our ability to carry out our business plan. We believe our future success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. The loss of senior management and other key personnel may adversely affect our operating results as we incur costs to replace the departing personnel and potentially lose opportunities in the transition of important job functions.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud.

        Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company. Our efforts to maintain an effective system of internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Ineffective internal controls subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under New York law may discourage a third party from acquiring us.

        Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a proposal to acquire us and, as a result, may inhibit a change in control of the Company under circumstances that could give the shareholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common shares. These include:

        Staggered Board of Directors.     Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that our Board of Directors, currently consisting of eight members, is divided into three classes of directors, with each class consisting of two or three directors, and with the classes serving staggered three-year terms. This classification of the directors has the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders, including those holding a majority of our outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of our Board of Directors.

        Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies.     Our certificate of incorporation provides that a member of our Board of Directors may be removed only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the securities entitled to vote at an election of directors. Newly created directorships and Board of Director vacancies resulting from death, removal or other causes may be filled only by a majority vote of the then remaining directors. Accordingly, it is more difficult for shareholders, including those holding a majority of our outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of our Board of Directors.

        Supermajority Voting Provisions for Certain Business Combinations.     Our certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of all of the securities entitled to vote and at least 75% of shareholders who are not Major Shareholders (defined as 10% beneficial holders) in order to effect

18


Table of Contents

certain mergers, sales of assets or other business combinations involving the Company. These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company.

        In addition, as a New York corporation we are subject to provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law which may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire and exercise control over us pursuant to a tender offer or request or invitation for tenders. These provisions could have the effect of deterring or delaying changes in incumbent management, proxy contests or changes in control.

Item 1B.—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

ITEM 2.—PROPERTIES

        Pertinent information concerning the principal properties of the Company and its subsidiaries is as follows:

Owned Properties:

Location
  Type of Facility   Acreage (Land)
Square Footage
(Building)

Horseheads, New York

  Manufacturing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration   80 acres
515,000 sq. ft.

Jiaxing, China

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, Demonstration, and Administration
(Buildings and improvements are owned by the Company; land is under 50-year lease expiring November 2060)

 

7 acres
223,179 sq. ft

St. Gallen, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

8 acres
162,924 sq. ft.

Nan Tou, Taiwan

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

3 acres
123,204 sq. ft.

Romanshorn, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing

 

2 acres
42,324 sq. ft.

Biel, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, and Turnkey Systems

 

4 acres
41,500 sq. ft.

19


Table of Contents

Leased Properties:

Location
  Type of Facility   Square Footage   Lease
Expiration
Date
 

Shanghai, China

  Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Sales, Service, Demonstration, and Administration   68,620 sq. ft.     2/29/12  

Leicester, England

 

Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

55,000 sq. ft.

   
3/31/19
 

Taichung, Taiwan

 

Manufacturing

 

30,243 sq. ft.

   
7/31/13
 

Elgin, Illinois

 

Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

29,200 sq. ft.

   
12/19/17
 

Biel, Switzerland

 

Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

19,375 sq. ft.

   
6/30/12
 

Krefeld, Germany

 

Sales, Service, Demonstration, and Administration

 

14,402 sq. ft.

   
3/31/20
 

ITEM 3.—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental to its operations. None of the litigation in which we are currently involved, individually or in the aggregate, is anticipated to be material to our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

ITEM 4.—MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.

20


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.—MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        The following table reflects the highest and lowest values at which our common stock traded in each quarter of the last two years. Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "HDNG". The table also includes dividends per share, by quarter:

 
  2012   2011  
 
  Values   Values  
 
  High   Low   Dividends   High   Low   Dividends  

Quarter Ended

                                     

March 31,

  $ 11.29   $ 7.99   $ 0.02   $ 14.00   $ 8.64   $ 0.005  

June 30,

    11.65     8.20     0.02     13.80     9.76     0.005  

September 30,

    10.55     8.56     0.02     12.13     7.76     0.02  

December 31,

    10.92     8.57     0.02     9.98     6.97     0.02  

        At March 8, 2013, there were 246 shareholders of record of our common stock.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        The following table provides information about the Company's repurchases of our common stock by month for the quarter ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
  Average
Price Paid
Per Share
 

October 1, - October 31, 2012

         

November 1, - November 30, 2012

    76   $ 9.41  

December 1, - December 31, 2012

    2,485   $ 9.70  
             

Total

    2,561        
             

        The above shares repurchased in the quarter ended December 31, 2012 were part of the Company's Incentive Compensation Plan to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

21


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

        The graph below compares the five-year cumulative total return for Hardinge Inc. Common Stock with the comparable returns for the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.) Index and a group of 16 peer issuers. The companies included in our peer group were selected based on comparability to Hardinge with respect to market capitalization, sales, manufactured products and international presence. Our peer group includes Altra Holding, Inc., Amtech Systems Inc., Cohu, Inc., Columbus McKinnon Corp., Electro Scientific Industries Inc., Flow International Corporation, Global Power Equipment Group Inc., Hurco Companies Inc., Kadant Inc., Nanometrics Inc., Newport Corporation, NN, Inc., Sifco Industries Inc., Transcat Inc., Twin Disc Inc., and Zygo Corporation. Cumulative total return represents the change in stock price and the amount of dividends received during the indicated period, assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2007. The stock performance shown in the graph is included in response to SEC requirements and is not intended to forecast or to be indicative of future performance.


COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Hardinge, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index, and a Peer Group

GRAPHIC


*
$100 invested on 12/31/07 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ending December 31
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012  

Hardinge Inc

    100.00     24.40     33.41     59.30     49.27     61.35  

NASDAQ Composite

    100.00     59.03     82.25     97.32     98.63     110.78  

Peer Group

    100.00     41.13     58.59     94.55     85.77     78.92  

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.—SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included herein (amounts in thousands except per share data):

 
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

                               

Net sales

  $ 334,413   $ 341,573   $ 257,007   $ 214,071   $ 345,006  

Cost of sales

    237,576     250,545     195,717     173,275     252,741  
                       

Gross profit

    96,837     91,028     61,290     40,796     92,265  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    76,196     73,599     65,650     68,000     95,676  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    80     46     (1,045 )   240     (54 )

Other expense (income)

    479     786     (560 )   556     2,120  

Impairment charges (1)

            (25 )   1,650     24,351  
                       

Operating income (loss)

    20,082     16,597     (2,730 )   (29,650 )   (29,828 )

Interest expense

    859     339     426     1,926     1,714  

Interest income

    (118 )   (101 )   (90 )   (114 )   (285 )
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    19,341     16,359     (3,066 )   (31,462 )   (31,257 )

Income taxes

    1,486     4,373     2,168     1,847     3,048  
                       

Net income (loss) (1)

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 ) $ (34,305 )
                       

PER SHARE DATA:

                               

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    11,557     11,463     11,409     11,372     11,309  

Basic earnings (loss) per share (2)

  $ 1.53   $ 1.03   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 ) $ (3.04 )
                       

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

   
11,596
   
11,548
   
11,409
   
11,372
   
11,309
 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (2)

  $ 1.53   $ 1.02   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 ) $ (3.04 )
                       

Cash dividends declared per share

  $ 0.08   $ 0.05   $ 0.02   $ 0.025   $ 0.16  
                       

BALANCE SHEET DATA

                               

Working capital

  $ 127,829   $ 126,851   $ 126,669   $ 129,549   $ 151,613  

Total assets

    325,654     311,669     274,847     242,204     309,825  

Total debt

    19,989     21,537     5,044     5,022     28,121  

Shareholders' equity

    161,207     147,023     157,902     161,530     168,127  

(1)
2009 results include a non-cash charge for impairment of $1.7 million associated with certain machinery and equipment formerly utilized in the manufacture of non-critical parts in our Elmira, NY facility. 2008 results include a non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets of $24.3 million due to the diminished value of goodwill and intangible assets in our Canadian, English, and Swiss entities.

(2)
We adopted the provisions of ASC 260 on January 1, 2009, which establishes that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The adoption of these provisions resulted in an increase in basic and diluted loss per share of $0.01 in 2008.

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.—MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Overview.     Our primary business is designing, manufacturing, and distributing high-precision computer controlled metal-cutting turning, grinding, and milling machines and related accessories. We are geographically diversified with manufacturing facilities in Switzerland, Taiwan, the United States ("U.S."), China, and the United Kingdom ("U.K.") with sales to most industrialized countries. Approximately 75% of our 2012 sales were to customers outside of North America, 80% of our 2012 products sold were manufactured outside of North America, and 69% of our employees were outside of North America.

        Our machine products are considered to be capital goods and are part of what has historically been a highly cyclical industry. Our management believes that a key performance indicator is our order level as compared to industry measures of market activity levels.

        General economic growth around the world was slower than 2011 driven by the decelerating economy in China and uncertainties surrounding European financial and fiscal conditions. The concerns over economic situations negatively impacted our customers' decision for capital spending. Consequently, 2012 order volumes decreased by $84.5 million, or 23%, compared to 2011.

        Metrics on machine tool market activity watched by our management include world machine tool consumption (a proxy for shipments), as reported annually by Gardner Publications in the Metalworking Insiders Report and metal-cutting machine orders as reported by the Association of Manufacturing Technology ("AMT"), the primary industry group for U.S. machine tool manufacturers. World machine tool consumption data as reported by the Metalworking Insiders Report showed a decrease in machine tool consumption of 2.5% in 2012 compared to an increase of 34.3% in 2011. This report indicates that 2012 consumption in China, the world's largest market, decreased by 1% (in US dollars) after a 35% increase in 2011. Consumption in Germany, the world's fourth largest market, saw no change in consumption as measured in local currency in 2012 compared to an increase of 42% in 2011. In the United Kingdom, machine tool consumption measured in local currency increased by 11% in 2012 and 28% in 2011. In the U.S., 2012 machine tool consumption increased by 19%, as compared to a 53% increase in 2011. In 2012, U.S. orders for metal-cutting machine tools reported by the AMT were $5.7 billion, relatively flat when compared to $5.6 billion reported in 2011. The AMT's statistics are reported on a voluntary basis from member companies. The report includes metal-cutting machines of all types and sizes, including segments in which we do not compete.

        Other closely followed U.S. market indicators are tracked to determine activity levels in U.S. manufacturing plants that are prospective customers for our products. One such measurement is the Purchasing Managers Index ("PMI"), as reported by the Institute for Supply Management. Another measurement is capacity utilization of U.S. manufacturing plants, as reported by the Federal Reserve Board. Similar information regarding machine tool consumption in foreign countries is published by trade associations in those countries.

        Non-machine sales, which include collets, accessories, repair parts and service revenue, historically account for approximately 24% of overall sales and are an important part of our business due to an installed base of thousands of machines. In the past, sales of these products and services have not fluctuated on a year-to-year basis as significantly as the sales of our machines have from time to time, but demand for these products and services typically track the direction of the related machine metrics.

        Other key performance indicators are geographic distribution of net sales ("sales") and net orders ("orders"), gross profit as a percent of sales, income from operations, working capital changes, and debt level trends. In an industry where constant product technology development has led to an average model life of three to five years, effectiveness of technological innovation and development of new products are also key performance indicators.

24


Table of Contents

        We are exposed to financial market risk resulting from changes in interest and foreign currency rates. Global economic conditions and related disruptions within the financial markets have also increased our exposure to the possible liquidity and credit risks of our counterparties. We believe we have sufficient liquidity to fund our foreseeable business needs, including cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, and our bank financing arrangements.

        We monitor the third-party depository institutions that hold our cash and cash equivalents. Our emphasis is primarily on safety of principal. Our cash and cash equivalents are diversified among counterparties to minimize exposure to any one of these entities.

        We are also subject to credit risks relating to the ability of counterparties of hedging transactions to meet their contractual payment obligations. The risks related to creditworthiness and nonperformance has been considered in the fair value measurements of our foreign currency forward exchange contracts.

        We also expect that some of our customers and vendors may experience difficulty in maintaining the liquidity required to buy inventory or raw materials. We continue to monitor our customers' financial condition in order to mitigate our accounts receivable collectability risks.

        Foreign currency exchange rate changes can be significant to reported results for several reasons. Our primary competitors, particularly for the most technologically advanced products, are now largely manufacturers in Japan, Germany, Switzerland, Korea, and Taiwan which causes the worldwide valuation of their respective currencies to be central to competitive pricing in all of our markets. The major functional currencies of our subsidiaries are the British Pound Sterling ("GBP"), Chinese Renminbi ("CNY"), Euro ("EUR"), New Taiwanese Dollar ("TWD"), and Swiss Franc ("CHF"). Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, results of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars ("USD") at the average exchange rate during the periods presented. Period-to-period changes in the exchange rate between their local currency and the USD may affect comparative data significantly. We also purchase computer controls and other components from suppliers throughout the world, with purchase costs reflecting currency changes.

        Below is a summary of the percentage changes for the annual average rates of our functional currencies as compared to their respective USD equivalents:

 
  2012 compared to 2011   2011 compared to 2010  
 
  increase / (decrease)
  increase / (decrease)
 

CHF

    (5.7 )%   17.6 %

CNY

    2.4 %   4.8 %

EUR

    (7.6 )%   4.9 %

GBP

    (1.2 )%   3.7 %

TWD

    (0.7 )%   7.2 %

        The fluctuations of the foreign currency exchange rates during 2012 resulted in unfavorable currency translation impact of approximately $3.9 million on new orders and $4.8 million on sales, as compared to 2011. The fluctuations of the foreign currency exchange rates during 2011 resulted in favorable currency translation impact of approximately $18.0 million on new orders and $20.9 million on sales, as compared to 2010.

25


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

        The following table summarizes certain financial data for 2012 and 2011:

 
  2012   % of Sales   2011   % of Sales   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollar and share data in thousands)
 

Orders

  $ 288,378         $ 372,855         $ (84,477 )   (23 )%

Sales

    334,413           341,573           (7,160 )   (2 )%

Gross profit

    96,837     29.0 %   91,028     26.6 %   5,809     6 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    76,196     22.8 %   73,599     21.5 %   2,597     4 %

Loss on sale of assets

    80           46           34     74 %

Other expense

    479           786           (307 )   (39 )%

Income from operations

    20,082     6.0 %   16,597     4.9 %   3,485     21 %

Net income

    17,855     5.3 %   11,986     3.5 %   5,869     49 %

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.53         $ 1.03         $ 0.50        

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,557           11,463           94        

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.53         $ 1.02         $ 0.51        

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,596           11,548           48        

        Orders:     Orders for 2012 were $288.4 million, a decrease of $84.5 million or 23% compared to 2011 orders of $372.9 million. The decrease from 2011 was the result of lower demand for machine tools attributable, in part, to the decelerating Chinese economy along with the uncertainty in Europe due to overall economic and fiscal conditions. The decrease was also the result of exceptional growth experienced by machine tool industry during the first half of 2011. Our order volumes during 2011 were at historically high levels as customers reacted to the increasing prices and extended lead times which were driven by constraints on the machine tool supply chain due to considerable improvement in worldwide demand caused by a strong recovery in the industry. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on orders of approximately $3.9 million for the year 2012 compared to 2011.

        The following table presents 2012 and 2011 orders by region:

 
  2012   2011   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Orders from Customers in:

                         

North America

  $ 78,982   $ 95,435   $ (16,453 )   (17 )%

Europe

    105,978     120,410     (14,432 )   (12 )%

Asia

    103,418     157,010     (53,592 )   (34 )%
                     

Total

  $ 288,378   $ 372,855   $ (84,477 )   (23 )%
                     

        North America orders decreased by $16.5 million or 17% for the year 2012 compared to 2011. The decrease in North America orders was driven, in part, as our U.S.-based distributors' slowed their order levels to manage inventory. In addition, order levels during the first half of 2011 were high as our distributors gained traction in the market along with their end customers reacting to longer lead times resulting from supply chain constraints and potential for price increase due to the rising costs of raw material and components.

        Europe orders decreased by $14.4 million or 12% for the year 2012 compared to 2011. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of approximately $5.4 million to the overall decrease. Excluding the unfavorable foreign currency impact, Europe orders decreased by 9.0 million, or 8%, when compared to 2011. The decrease in order level over the prior year was attributable to the challenging economic and fiscal climate in the region.

26


Table of Contents

        Asia orders decreased by $53.6 million or 34% for the year 2012 compared to 2011. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $1.5 million when compared to 2011. Excluding the favorable foreign currency impact, Asia orders decreased by $55.1 million, or 35%, when compared to 2011. The decrease was driven by soft demand, especially during the first nine months of the year, as a result of the decelerating Chinese economy during 2012 in contrast to a stimulated economy during the first nine months of 2011. The overall impact of the macroeconomic factors in 2011 was further influenced by supply chain constraints and customers placing orders to ensure deliveries as a result of long lead times for machine tools. Additionally, multiple machine orders from suppliers to the consumer electronics industry in China were $6.1 million in 2012, a $13.9 million decrease compared to 2011. Excluding such orders, Asia orders decreased by $39.7 million, or 29%, compared to 2011.

        Sales:      S ales for 2012 were $334.4 million, a decrease of $7.2 million or 2% compared to 2011 sales of $341.6 million. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of approximately $4.8 million when compared to 2011. Excluding the unfavorable foreign currency impact, sales decreased by $2.4 million, or 1%, when compared to 2011.

        The following table presents 2012 and 2011 sales by region:

 
  2012   2011   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales to Customers in:

                         

North America

  $ 83,547   $ 90,000   $ (6,453 )   (7 )%

Europe

    121,008     104,825     16,183     15 %

Asia

    129,858     146,748     (16,890 )   (12 )%
                     

Total

  $ 334,413   $ 341,573   $ (7,160 )   (2 )%
                     

        The geographic mix of sales as a percentage of total sales is shown in the table below:

 
  2012   2011   Percentage
Point Change
 

Sales to Customers in:

                   

North America

    25.0 %   26.3 %   (1.3 )

Europe

    36.2 %   30.7 %   5.5  

Asia

    38.8 %   43.0 %   (4.2 )
                 

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %      
                 

        North America sales decreased by $6.5 million or 7% for the year 2012 compared to 2011. The decrease in North America sales was primarily due to strong sales of grinding machines in 2011 as compared to 2012. Additionally, 2011 sales in North America were driven by exceptionally strong fourth quarter activities as we met our customers' year-end delivery requirements.

        Europe sales increased $16.2 million or 15% for the year 2012 compared to 2011. 2012 sales to this region were unfavorably influenced by foreign currency translation of approximately $6.6 million. Exclusive of the currency impact, Europe sales increased by $22.8 million, or 22%, compared to 2011. The increase is primarily attributable to strong demand for machine tools in Germany and the United Kingdom, particularly for our grinding machines.

        Asia sales decreased by $16.9 million or 12% for the year 2012 compared to 2011. Sales in this region in 2012 were favorably influenced by foreign currency translation of approximately $1.8 million. Exclusive of the impact of currency, Asia sales decreased by $18.7 million, or 13%, compared to 2011. This 13% decrease was the result of the decelerating economy in China throughout 2012.

27


Table of Contents

        Machine sales represented approximately 78% and 77% of sales in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts, and accessories made up the balance.

        Gross Profit:     Gross profit was $96.8 million or 29.0% of sales in 2012, compared to $91.0 million, or 26.6% of sales in 2011. The increase in gross profit and gross margin percentage is attributable to favorable product mix and improved pricing. In addition, lower raw material and component costs experienced in 2012 contributed to the increase in gross profit and gross margin percentage.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expense:     Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense for the year 2012 was $76.2 million, or 22.8% of sales, compared to $73.6 million, or 21.5% of sales in 2011. The 2012 increase in SG&A was attributable to charges of $0.4 million related to the reorganization of operations in the United Kingdom, $0.3 million related to the acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc., $0.2 million for environmental remediation costs, and $0.8 million in higher agent related sales commissions, increased variable selling related costs and inflationary increases. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales for 2012 was partially driven by reduced sales volume as well as the aforementioned increased costs.

        Loss on sale of assets:     In 2012, we recorded a loss of $0.1 million on sale of assets. In 2011, the loss on sale of assets was not material.

        Other expense:     Other expense was $0.6 million and $0.8 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The expense in 2012 and 2011 is primarily related to foreign currency losses.

        Income from Operations:     Income from operations in 2012 was $20.1 million compared to $16.6 million in 2011. The increase in income from operations was driven by higher gross profit in 2012 as compared to 2011. Income from operations in 2012 included charges of $0.4 million related to the reorganization of operations in the United Kingdom, $0.3 million related to the acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc., and $0.2 million accrual for environmental remediation costs

        Interest Expense & Interest Income:     Interest expense includes interest incurred on borrowings under our credit facilities, amortization of deferred financing costs associated with these facilities and related commitment fees. Interest expense for 2012 was $0.9 million compared to $0.3 million for 2011. The increase in interest expense for 2012 compared to 2011 is mainly attributable to the full year 2012 impact of our long term financing entered into in December 2011 as well as our higher average outstanding indebtedness under our working capital facilities. Interest income was $0.1 million in 2012 and in 2011.

        Income Tax Expense:     Income tax expense in 2012 was $1.5 million compared to $4.4 million for 2011. The effective tax rate was 7.7% in 2012 and 26.7% in 2011. Generally, income tax expense represents tax expense on profits in certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. The decrease in the income tax expense in 2012 is primarily driven by lower valuation allowances required on certain deferred tax assets as a result of the acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc. as well as a change in the mix of earnings by jurisdiction as compared to 2011.

        We continually assess all available positive and negative evidence in accordance with ASC Topic 740 to evaluate whether deferred tax assets are realizable. To the extent that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in a particular jurisdiction will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. We currently maintain a valuation allowance against all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in the U.S., Canada, U.K., Germany, Switzerland, and the Netherlands.

        Net Income (Loss):     Net income for 2012 was $17.9 million or 5.3% of sales, compared to $12.0 million or 3.5% of sales in 2011. Basic earnings per share were $1.53 for 2012 and $1.03 for 2011. Diluted earnings per share were $1.53 for 2012 and $1.02 for 2011.

28


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

        The following table summarizes certain financial data for 2011 and 2010:

 
  2011   % of Sales   2010   % of Sales   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollar and share data in thousands)
 

Orders

  $ 372,855         $ 296,702         $ 76,153     26 %

Sales

    341,573           257,007           84,566     33 %

Gross profit

    91,028     26.6 %   61,290     23.8 %   29,738     49 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    73,599     21.5 %   65,650     25.5 %   7,949     12 %

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    46           (1,045 )         1,091     104 %

Other expense (income)

    786           (585 )         1,371     N/M  

Income (loss) from operations

    16,597     4.9 %   (2,730 )   (1.1 )%   19,327     N/M  

Net income (loss)

    11,986     3.5 %   (5,234 )   (2.0 )%   17,220     N/M  

Basic earnings per share

  $ 1.03         $ (0.46 )       $ 1.49        

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,463           11,409           54        

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 1.02         $ (0.46 )       $ 1.48        

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,548           11,409           139        

N/M—The percentage calculation is not meaningful.

        Orders:     Orders for 2011 were $372.9 million, an increase of $76.2 million or 26% compared to 2010 orders of $296.7 million. During 2011, worldwide demand for machine tools improved considerably compared to 2010 as the global economic conditions continued to improve over the prior year. Included in orders were $12.5 million in 2011 and $35.2 million in 2010 from a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Exclusive of these large multi-machine orders, 2011 orders were up 38% over 2010. The increase in order activity was experienced in all of our major markets and product lines. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on orders of approximately $18.0 million for the year 2011 compared to 2010.

        The following table presents 2011 and 2010 orders by region:

 
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Orders from Customers in:

                         

North America

  $ 95,435   $ 67,213   $ 28,222     42 %

Europe

    120,410     90,618     29,792     33 %

Asia

    157,010     138,871     18,139     13 %
                     

Total

  $ 372,855   $ 296,702   $ 76,153     26 %
                     

        North America orders increased by $28.2 million or 42% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. The increase in North America orders was driven by strong machine demand which was up $22.0 million or 67% in 2011 compared to 2010. The increase was primarily in the U.S. and was attributable to the strengthening of the U.S. industrial economy and the effectiveness of our restructured channels to market.

        Europe orders increased by $29.8 million or 33% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $13.0 million to the overall Europe increase which is primarily attributed to the strengthening of the Swiss Franc. Exclusive of the impact of currency, the increase is mainly attributed to strong machine order activity in Germany, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, and Turkey.

29


Table of Contents

        Asia orders increased by $18.1 million or 13% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Excluding orders from a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry, Asia orders increased by $40.8 million, or 39%, compared to 2010. This increase was heavily influenced by activities in China. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $5.0 million to the overall Asia increase.

        Sales:     Sales for 2011 were $341.6 million, an increase of $84.6 million or 33% compared to 2010 sales of $257.0 million. Included in sales were $14.7 million in 2011 and $29.2 million in 2010 to a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Excluding these large multi-machine sales, 2011 sales were up 43% over 2010. This increase in sales activities are noted in all regions. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $20.9 million when compared to 2010.

        The following table presents 2011 and 2010 sales by region:

 
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales to Customers in:

                         

North America

  $ 90,000   $ 58,438   $ 31,562     54 %

Europe

    104,825     74,449     30,376     41 %

Asia

    146,748     124,120     22,628     18 %
                     

Total

  $ 341,573   $ 257,007   $ 84,566     33 %
                     

        The geographic mix of sales as a percentage of total sales is shown in the table below:

 
  2011   2010   Percentage
Point Change
 

Sales to Customers in:

                   

North America

    26.3 %   22.7 %   3.6  

Europe

    30.7 %   29.0 %   1.7  

Asia

    43.0 %   48.3 %   (5.3 )
                 

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %      
                 

        North America sales increased by $31.6 million or 54% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. The increase in North America sales was driven by strong machine demand which was up $24.4 million or 106% in 2011 compared to 2010. The increase was primarily in the U.S. and was attributable to the strengthening U.S. industrial economy and the effectiveness of our restructured channels to market.

        Europe sales increased $30.4 million or 41% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Sales in this region in 2011 were favorably influenced by foreign currency translation of approximately $15.8 million, which was driven by the strength of the Swiss Franc. Exclusive of the impact of currency, the increase is attributed to solid activity levels in Germany, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, and Turkey.

        Asia sales increased by $22.6 million or 18% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Sales to a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry were $14.7 million in 2011 and $29.2 million in 2010. Excluding sales to this customer, Asia sales increased by $37.1 million, or 39%, compared to 2010. This 39% increase was driven by strong demand for machine tools, particularly in China. Compared to 2010, excluding sales to the supplier to the consumer electronics industry, sales in China increased $24.3 million in 2011, which contributed 66% of the $37.1 million increase in Asia sales. In addition, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $5.1 million to the overall Asia increase.

30


Table of Contents

        Machine sales represented approximately 77% and 75% of sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts, and accessories made up the balance.

        Gross Profit:     Gross profit was $91.0 million or 26.6% of sales in 2011, compared to $61.3 million, or 23.8% of sales in 2010. The increase in gross profit is attributable to the $84.6 million increase in sales volume as well as higher manufacturing volumes against fixed manufacturing cost. Also contributing to the increase in gross profit was the impact of discounting related to sales that occurred in early 2010 as manufacturers and distributors cut prices in order to reduce inventory in late 2009.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expense:     Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense for the year 2011 was $73.6 million, or 21.5% of sales, compared to $65.7 million, or 25.5% of sales in 2010. SG&A for the year 2010 included charges of $3.5 million for professional services related to an unsolicited tender offer, $0.6 million associated with the settlement of a tax audit in a foreign subsidiary, and $0.3 million related to Jones & Shipman acquisition costs. As a percentage of sales, 2011 SG&A improved by 4.0 percentage points compared to the 2010 SG&A. This improvement is reflective of increasing sales volume and the impact associated with the successful transformation changes to our business model and continued cost control efforts as well as the impact of aforementioned increased costs in 2010. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of approximately $4.4 million for the year 2011.

        Loss (Gain) on Sale of Assets:     In 2010, we recorded a gain of $1.0 million from sale of assets which was related to the Company's restructuring activity and was primarily in North America. In 2011, the loss on sale of assets was not material.

        Other Expense (Income):     Other expense in 2011 was $0.8 million compared to other income of $0.6 million in 2010. The 2010 other income included a gain of $0.6 million from the acquisition of Jones & Shipman.

        Income (Loss) from Operations:     Income from operations in 2011 was $16.6 million compared to a loss of $2.7 million in 2010. The 2010 loss from operations included $3.5 million for professional services related to an unsolicited tender offer, $0.6 million associated with the settlement of a tax audit in a foreign subsidiary, and $0.3 million related to Jones & Shipman acquisition costs.

        Interest Expense & Interest Income:     Interest expense includes interest incurred on borrowings under our credit facilities, amortization of deferred financing costs associated with these facilities and related commitment fees. Interest expense for the year 2011 was $0.3 million compared to $0.4 million for 2010. The decrease for 2011 compared to 2010 is attributed to lower average interest rates on our existing credit facilities. Interest income was $0.1 million in both 2011 and 2010.

        Income Tax Expense:     Income tax expense in 2011 was $4.4 million compared to $2.2 million for 2010. The effective tax rate was 26.7% in 2011 and 70.7% in 2010. Fundamentally, the income tax expense represents tax expense on profits in certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. The increase in the income tax expense is the result of an increase in unrecognized tax benefits, and a change in the mix of earnings by country, including those countries where losses cannot be fully benefitted due to valuation allowances.

        We maintain a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of our U.S., U.K., German, and Canadian deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities.

        We regularly review recent results and projected future results of operations, as well as other relevant factors, to reconfirm the likelihood that existing deferred tax assets in each tax jurisdiction would be fully recoverable.

31


Table of Contents

        Net Income (Loss):     Net income for 2011 was $12.0 million or 3.5% of sales, compared to net loss of ($5.2) million or (2.0%) of sales, in 2010. Basic earnings per share for 2011 were $1.03 compared to basic loss per share of ($0.46) in 2010. Diluted earnings per share for 2011 were $1.02 compared to diluted loss per share of ($0.46) in 2010.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The Company's principal capital requirements are to fund its operations, including working capital, to purchase and fund improvements to its facilities, machines and equipment, and to fund acquisitions.

        At December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents were $26.9 million, compared to $21.7 million at December 31, 2011. The current ratio at December 31, 2012 was 2.36:1 compared to 2.25:1 at December 31, 2011.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

        The table below shows the changes in cash flows from operating activities by component:

 
  2012   2011   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ 5,869  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,451     7,736     (285 )

Debt issuance amortization

    78     124     (46 )

(Benefit) provision for deferred taxes

    (2,601 )   (361 )   (2,240 )

Other adjustments to net income

    80     46     34  

Unrealized intercompany foreign currency transaction loss (gain)

    853     (862 )   1,715  

Accounts receivable

    17,522     (18,589 )   36,111  

Inventories

    2,365     (18,123 )   20,488  

Other assets

    4,486     444     4,042  

Accounts payable

    (11,538 )   3,990     (15,528 )

Customer deposits

    (7,876 )   8,469     (16,345 )

Accrued expenses and postretirement benefits

    (5,236 )   (1,992 )   (3,244 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 23,439   $ (7,132 ) $ (30,571 )
               

        In 2012, $23.4 million cash was provided by operating activities. Cash was primarily provided by collections on accounts receivables, reduced inventory levels, and releases of restricted cash. In addition, improved year-over-year profit also contributed to the improved cash flow. In 2012, cash was used to reduce accounts payable and accrued expenses which decreased due to slowing business activities as a result of lower order levels. Cash was also used in customer deposits which decreased as customer orders were fulfilled and delivered.

        In 2011, $7.1 million cash was used in operating activities. Cash was primarily used to fund accounts receivable growth as business activity levels increased from 2010, and used for inventory growth which increased due to higher demand for our products and the related increase in production levels. Cash was provided by customer deposits which increased due to higher order backlog levels. Cash was also provided by accounts payable which increased primarily due to increased purchasing activities to support production activities.

32


Table of Contents

Cash Used In Investing Activities:

        The table below shows the changes in cash flows from investing activities by component:

 
  2012   2011   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Capital expenditures

  $ (7,641 ) $ (19,217 ) $ 11,576  

Proceeds from sale of assets

    557     900     (343 )

Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (8,768 )       (8,768 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (15,852 ) $ (18,317 ) $ 2,465  
               

        Net cash used in investing activities was $15.9 million for 2012, compared to $18.3 million in 2011. During 2012, we used $8.8 million, net of cash acquired , to fund the acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc. Capital expenditures for 2012 were $7.6 million compared to $19.2 million in 2011. Capital expenditures for the expansion of manufacturing facilities in Switzerland and China were $3.3 million and $17.2 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Capital expenditures in fiscal 2013 are expected to be in the $4.0 million to $5.0 million range for general maintenance capital spending.

Cash (Used in)/ Provided by Financing Activities:

        The table below shows the changes in cash flows from financing activities by component:

 
  2012   2011   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Proceeds from short-term notes payable to bank

  $ 51,626   $ 29,987   $ 21,639  

Repayments of short-term notes payable to bank

    (53,537 )   (18,299 )   (35,238 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    1,268     6,011     (4,743 )

Payments on long-term debt

    (1,562 )   (614 )   (948 )

Dividends paid

    (931 )   (581 )   (350 )

Other financing activities

    (3 )   (41 )   38  
               

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  $ (3,139 ) $ 16,463   $ (19,602 )
               

        Cash used in financing activities was $3.1 million in 2012, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $16.5 million in 2011. During 2012, the decrease in cash provided by financing activities was due to payments made under our existing credit facilities as well as scheduled principal payments under our long-term debt. Dividend payments increased by $0.4 million in 2012 as a result of an increase in total per share dividends paid in 2012 of $0.08 compared to $0.05 in 2011.

        At December 31, 2012 and 2011, total debt outstanding, including notes payable, was $20.0 million and $21.5 million, respectively.

Credit Facilities and Financing Arrangements:

        We maintain financing arrangements with several financial institutions. These financing arrangements are in the form of long-term loans, credit facilities, or lines of credit. In aggregate, these financing arrangements allow us to borrow up to $80.6 million at December 31, 2012, of which $58.6 million can be borrowed for working capital needs. As of December 31, 2012, $54.3 million was available for borrowing under these arrangements of which $46.1 million was available for working capital needs. Details of these financing arrangements are discussed below.

        In May 2006, Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a mortgage loan with a local bank. The principal amount of the loan is

33


Table of Contents

180.0 million New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD") ($6.2 million equivalent). The loan, which matures in June 2016, is secured by real property owned and requires quarterly principal payment in the amount of TWD 4.5 million ($0.2 million equivalent). The loan interest rate, 1.745% at December 31, 2012 and 1.75% at December 31, 2011, is based on the bank's one year fixed savings rate plus 0.4%. The principal amount outstanding was TWD 63.0 million ($2.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2012 and TWD 81.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        In August 2011, Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company Ltd.("Hardinge Jiaxing"), an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expires on January 30, 2014, provides up to 25.0 million in Chinese Renminbi ("CNY") ($4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, 7.38% at December 31, 2012 and 7.98% at December 31, 2011, is the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and is subject to adjustment annually. The agreement calls for scheduled principal repayments in the amounts of CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent) and CNY 9.0 million ($1.4 million equivalent) on January 20, 2013, July 20, 2013 and January 30, 2014, respectively. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 21.0 million ($3.4 million equivalent) at December 31, 2012 and CNY 17.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        This loan agreement contains financial covenants pursuant to which the subsidiary is required to continually maintain a ratio of total liabilities to total assets less than 0.65:1.00 and a current ratio of more than 1.0:1.0. In addition, the subsidiary is not allowed to act as a guarantor to any third party. The loan agreement contains customary events of default and acceleration clauses. Additionally, the loan is secured by substantially all of the real property and improvements owned by the subsidiary. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

        In December 2011, L. Kellenberger & Co. AG ("Kellenberger"), an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, entered into a credit facility with a local bank which provides for borrowing of up to 3.0 million in Swiss Franc ("CHF") ($3.3 million equivalent). Upon entering into the facility, the subsidiary obtained a loan of CHF 3.0 million ($3.3 million equivalent) with a five-year term maturing on December 23, 2016. Interest on the loan accrues at a fixed rate of 2.65%. Beginning in June 2012, payments of principal on the loan in the amount of CHF 150,000 ($0.2 million equivalent) are due on June 30 and December 31 in each remaining year of the term. The principal amount outstanding was CHF 2.7 million ($3.0 million equivalent) at December 31, 2012 and CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        All borrowings under this facility are secured by a mortgage on the subsidiary's facility in Romanshorn, Switzerland. The facility is also subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the equity of the subsidiary must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

        In December 2012, Hardinge Jiaxing entered into a secured credit facility with a local bank. This facility, which expires on December 20, 2014 provides up to CNY 34.2 million (approximately $5.5 million) or its equivalent in other currencies for working capital and letter of credit purposes. Borrowings under the credit facility are secured by real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate on the credit facility, currently at 6.6%, is based on the basic interest rate as published by the People's Bank of China, plus a 10% mark-up. As of December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        In June, 2012, Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility. This facility, which expires on May 30, 2013, provides up to $12.0 million, or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charges interest at 1.61% and is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions and carries no commitment fees on unused funds. This facility replaced the

34


Table of Contents

existing $12.0 million facility entered into in July 2011, which expired on May 30, 2012. The principal amounts outstanding for these facilities were $9.0 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and were included in the notes payable to bank on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Kellenberger maintains two separate credit facilities with a bank. The first facility, entered into in August 2009 and subsequently amended in December 2009 and August 2010, provides for borrowing of up to CHF 7.5 million ($8.2 million equivalent) to be used for guarantees, documentary credit, or margin cover for foreign exchange hedging activity with maximum terms of 12 months. The second facility, entered into in August 2009 and amended in June 2010, provides for borrowings of up to CHF 6.0 million ($6.6 million equivalent) to be used for working capital purposes as a limit for cash credits in CHF and/or in any other freely convertible foreign currencies with maximum terms of up to 36 months. The second facility is secured by certain real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate charged on these two facilities, currently at London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 1.188% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's risk assessment of the subsidiary. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities.

        Kellenberger also maintains a credit agreement with another bank. This agreement, entered into in October 2009, provided a credit facility of up to CHF 7.0 million ($7.6 million equivalent) for guarantees, documentary credit and margin cover for foreign exchange trades and of which up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.3 million equivalent) of the facility was available for working capital purposes. The facility was secured by the subsidiary's certain real property up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.3 million equivalent). This agreement was amended in August 2010. The amendment increased the total funds available under the facility to CHF 9.0 million ($9.8 million equivalent), increased the funds available for working capital purposes to CHF $5.0 million ($5.5 million equivalent) and increased the secured amounts to CHF 4.0 million ($4.4 million equivalent). The amended agreement terminates on September 1, 2013 and reverts to its pre-amendment terms. The interest rate, currently at LIBOR plus 2.5% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on the prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's assessment of the subsidiary. It carries no commitment fees on unused funds. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        The above Kellenberger credit facilities are subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement where the minimum equity for the subsidary must be at least 35% of its balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were in compliance with the required covenant.

        In December 2009, we entered into a $10.0 million revolving credit facility with a bank. This facility is subject to annual renewal requirement. In December 2011, we modified the existing facility and increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million, reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum and extended the maturity date of the facility from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013. In December, 2012, we extended the maturity date of the facility to March 31, 2014 and reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum. This credit facility is secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets (exclusive of real property), a negative pledge on our worldwide headquarters in Elmira, NY, and a pledge of 65% of our investment in Hardinge Holdings GmbH. The credit facility is guaranteed by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is the owner of the real property comprising our world headquarters. The credit facility does not include any financial covenants. The principal amounts outstanding under this facility was $2.5 million at December 31, 2012. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2011.

        In December, 2012, Usach Technologies, Inc., a directly wholly-owned domestic subsidiary, entered into a variable rate revolving credit facility with a bank that provides up to $2.0 million in financing for working capital needs. This credit facility matures on December 20, 2013. The interest rate is based on

35


Table of Contents

the daily prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal with a minimum interest rate of 4.0%. This credit facility requires that the subsidiary maintain minimum tangible capital funds of not less than $1.5 million. Tangible capital funds are defined as net worth plus liabilities subordinated to the bank less any intangible assets. At December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding and we were in compliance with the minimum tangible capital requirement.

        We also have a $3.0 million unsecured short-term line of credit from a bank with interest based on the prime rate with a floor of 5.0% and a ceiling of 16.0%. The agreement is negotiated annually, requires no commitment fee and is payable on demand. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2012. The principal amount outstanding was $0.5 million at December 31, 2011.

        We maintain a standby letter of credit for potential liabilities pertaining to self-insured workers compensation exposure. The amount of the letter of credit was $1.0 million at December 31, 2012. It expires on March 15, 2013. In total, we had various outstanding letters of credit totaling $15.6 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        We lease space for some of our manufacturing, sales and service operations with lease terms up to 10 years and use certain office equipment and automobiles under lease agreements expiring at various dates. Rent expense under these leases totaled $3.0 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

        The following table shows our future commitments in effect as of December 31, 2012:

 
  2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   There-after   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Notes payable

  $ 11,500   $   $   $   $   $   $ 11,500  

Long-term debt

    2,873     2,392     948     638     328     1,310     8,489  

Operating lease obligations

    2,312     1,385     550     297     224         4,768  

Purchase commitments

    25,435                         25,435  

Standby letters of credit

    15,489         141                 15,630  

        We have not included the liabilities for uncertain tax positions in the above table as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement. We have not included pension obligations in the above table as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the timing of employer contributions. In 2013, we expect to make approximately $2.5 million contributions to our foreign defined benefit pension plans and $0.5 million contributions to our domestic supplemental retirement plans. We do not expect to make any cash contribution to our qualified domestic defined benefit pension plan in 2013.

        We believe that the current available funds and credit facilities, along with internally generated funds, will provide sufficient financial resources for ongoing operations throughout 2013.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

Market Risk

        The following information has been provided in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission's requirements for disclosure of exposures to market risk arising from certain market risk sensitive instruments.

        Our earnings are affected by changes in short-term interest rates as a result of our floating interest rate debt. If market interest rates on debt subject to floating interest rates were to have increased by 2% over the actual rates paid in that year, interest expense would have increased by $0.5 million in

36


Table of Contents

2012 and $0.3 million in 2011. These amounts are determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on the Company's outstanding borrowings.

        Our operations include manufacturing and sales activities in foreign jurisdictions. We currently manufacture our products in China, Switzerland, Taiwan, the United Kingdom, and the United States using production components purchased internationally, and we sell our products in those markets as well as other worldwide markets. Our subsidiaries in China, Germany, Switzerland, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom sell products in local currency to customers in those countries. These subsidiaries also transact business in currencies other than their functional currency outside of their home country. As a result of these sales in various currencies and in various countries of the world, our financial results could be significantly affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we distribute our products. Our operating results are exposed to changes in exchange rates between the USD, GBP, CHF, EUR, TWD, CNY and JPY. As a result of having sales, purchases and certain intercompany transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of our subsidiaries, we are exposed to the effect of currency exchange rate changes on our cash flows, earnings and balance sheet. To mitigate this currency risk, we enter into currency forward exchange contracts to hedge significant non-functional currency denominated transactions for periods consistent with the terms of the underlying transactions. Contracts generally have maturities that do not exceed one year.

Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies

        The preparation of our financial statements requires the application of a number of accounting policies which are described in the notes to the financial statements. These policies require the use of assumptions or estimates, which, if interpreted differently under different conditions or circumstances, could result in material changes to the reported results. Following is a discussion of those accounting policies, which were reviewed with our audit committee, and which we feel are most susceptible to such interpretation.

        Accounts Receivable.     We assess the collectability of our trade accounts receivable using a combination of methods. We review large individual accounts for evidence of circumstances that suggest a collection problem might exist. Such situations include, but are not limited to, the customer's past history of payments, its current financial condition as evidenced by credit ratings, financial statements or other sources, and recent collection activities. We provide a reserve for losses based on current payment trends in the economies where we hold concentrations of receivables and provide a reserve for what we believe to be the most likely risk of collectability. In order to make these allowances, we rely on assumptions regarding economic conditions, equipment resale values, and the likelihood that previous performance will be indicative of future results.

        Inventories.     We use a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the value of our inventory. An allowance is provided for the value of inventory quantities of specific items that are deemed to be excessive based on an annual review of past usage and anticipated future usage. While we feel this is the most appropriate methodology for determining excess quantities, the possibility exists that customers will change their buying habits in the future should their own requirements change. Changes in metal-cutting technology can render certain products obsolete or reduce their market value. We continually evaluate changes in technology and adjust our products and inventory carrying values accordingly, either by write-off or by price reductions. Changes in market conditions and realizable selling prices for our machines could reduce the value of our inventory. We continually evaluate the carrying value of our machine inventory against the estimated selling price, less related costs to sell and adjust our inventory carrying values accordingly. However, the possibility exists that a future technological development, currently unanticipated, might affect the marketability of specific products produced by the company.

37


Table of Contents

        We include in the cost of our inventories a component to cover the estimated cost of manufacturing overhead activities associated with production of our products.

        We believe that being able to offer immediate delivery on many of our products is critical to our competitive success. Likewise, we believe that maintaining an inventory of service parts, with a particular emphasis on purchased parts, is especially important to support our policy of maintaining serviceability of our products. Consequently, we maintain significant inventories of repair parts on many of our machine models, some of which are no longer in production. Our ability to accurately determine which parts are needed to maintain this serviceability is critical to our success in managing this element of our business.

        Goodwill and Intangible Assets.     We have acquired other machine tool companies and, in certain instances, the assets of machine tool companies. When doing so, we have estimated the fair value of the assets acquired, and have used traditional models for establishing purchase price based on EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) multiples and present value of future cash flows. Consequently, the value of goodwill and purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet has been affected by the use of numerous estimates of the value of assets purchased and of future business opportunity. We review goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually or when indictors of impairment are present.

        Net Deferred Tax Assets.     We regularly review the recent results and projected future results of our operations, as well as other relevant factors, to reconfirm the likelihood that existing deferred tax assets in each tax jurisdiction would be fully recoverable.

        Retirement Plans.     We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution plans, and one postretirement benefit plan, all as described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The calculation of our plan expenses and liabilities require the use of a number of critical accounting estimates. Changes in the assumptions can result in different plan expense and liability amounts, and actual experience can differ from the assumptions. We believe that the most critical assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets.

        We annually review the discount rate to be used for retirement plan liabilities. In the U.S., we use bond pricing models based on high grade U.S. corporate bonds constructed to match the projected liability benefit payments. We discounted our future plan liabilities for our U.S. plan using a rate of 4.31% and 5.11% at our plan measurement date of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We discounted our future plan liabilities for our foreign plans using rates appropriate for each country, which resulted in a blended rate of 2.34% and 3.01% at their measurement dates of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. A change in the discount rate can have a significant effect on retirement plan obligations. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension obligations by approximately $16.9 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension obligations by approximately $12.9 million. A decrease of one percent in the discount rate would increase the Swiss pension obligations by approximately $14.2 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension obligations by approximately $11.7 million.

        A change in the discount rate can also have a significant effect on retirement plan expense. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.1 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.1 million. A decrease of one percent would increase the Swiss pension expense by approximately $1.3 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension expense by approximately $1.2 million.

        The expected rate of return on plan assets varies based on the investment mix of each particular plan and reflects the long-term average rate of return expected on funds invested or to be invested in each pension plan to provide for the benefits included in the pension liability. We review our expected

38


Table of Contents

rate of return annually based upon information available to us at that time, including the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds in each market), the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption. For our domestic plans, the expected rate of return during fiscal 2013 is 7.75%, the same as the rate used for fiscal 2012. For our foreign plans, we used rates of return appropriate for each country which resulted in a blended expected rate of return of 3.91% for fiscal 2013, as compared to 4.07% for fiscal 2012. A change in the expected return on plan assets can also have a significant effect on retirement plan expense. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. A decrease of one percent would increase the Swiss pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension expense by approximately $0.8 million.

New Accounting Standards

        Refer to Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of accounting standards we recently adopted or will be required to adopt.

         Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words "believes," "project," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates," "intends," "strategy," "plan," "may," "will," "would," "will be," "will continue," "will likely result," and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our expectations will be realized. Such statements are based upon information known to management at this time. The Company cautions that such statements necessarily involve uncertainties and risk and deal with matters beyond the Company's ability to control, and in many cases the Company cannot predict what factors would cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated. Among the many factors that could cause actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements are fluctuations in the machine tool business cycles, changes in general economic conditions in the U.S. or internationally, the mix of products sold and the profit margins thereon, the relative success of the Company's entry into new product and geographic markets, the Company's ability to manage its operating costs, actions taken by customers such as order cancellations or reduced bookings by customers or distributors, competitors' actions such as price discounting or new product introductions, governmental regulations and environmental matters, changes in the availability and cost of materials and supplies, the implementation of new technologies and currency fluctuations. Any forward-looking statement should be considered in light of these factors. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise its forward-looking statements if unanticipated events alter their accuracy.

ITEM 7A.—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled "Market Risk" in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of this Form 10-K.

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 13, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Rochester, New York
March 13, 2013

40


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (In Thousands Except Share
and Per Share Data)

 

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,855   $ 21,736  

Restricted cash

    2,634     4,575  

Accounts receivable, net

    51,871     65,909  

Inventories, net

    128,000     122,782  

Other current assets

    12,580     13,338  
           

Total current assets

    221,940     228,340  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   
71,035
   
68,204
 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

    30,321     12,765  

Other non-current assets

    2,358     2,360  
           

Total non-current assets

    103,714     83,329  
           

Total assets

  $ 325,654   $ 311,669  
           

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

             

Accounts payable

  $ 27,779   $ 36,952  

Notes payable to bank

    11,500     12,969  

Accrued expenses

    29,307     25,103  

Customer deposits

    15,720     18,881  

Accrued income taxes

    3,952     3,480  

Deferred income taxes

    2,980     2,556  

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,873     1,548  
           

Total current liabilities

    94,111     101,489  

Long-term debt

   
5,616
   
7,020
 

Pension and postretirement liabilities

    50,312     49,310  

Deferred income taxes

    3,431     2,391  

Other liabilities

    10,977     4,436  
           

Total non-current liabilities

    70,336     63,157  

Common stock ($0.01 par value, 12,472,992 issued)

   
125
   
125
 

Additional paid-in capital

    114,072     114,369  

Retained earnings

    81,961     65,041  

Treasury shares

    (9,442 )   (10,379 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (25,509 )   (22,133 )
           

Total shareholders' equity

    161,207     147,023  
           

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 325,654   $ 311,669  
           

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

41


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (In Thousands Except
Per Share Data)

 

Sales

  $ 334,413   $ 341,573   $ 257,007  

Cost of sales

    237,576     250,545     195,717  
               

Gross profit

    96,837     91,028     61,290  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   
76,196
   
73,599
   
65,650
 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    80     46     (1,045 )

Other expense (income)

    479     786     (585 )
               

Income (loss) from operations

    20,082     16,597     (2,730 )

Interest expense

   
859
   
339
   
426
 

Interest income

    (118 )   (101 )   (90 )
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    19,341     16,359     (3,066 )

Income taxes

    1,486     4,373     2,168  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ (5,234 )
               

Per share data:

                   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.53   $ 1.03   $ (0.46 )
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.53   $ 1.02   $ (0.46 )
               

Cash dividends declared per share

  $ 0.08   $ 0.05   $ 0.02  
               

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

42


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (In Thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ (5,234 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    3,803     (1,436 )   10,905  

Retirement plans related adjustment

    (8,326 )   (21,750 )   (10,697 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

    651     (533 )   (90 )
               

Other comprehensive (loss) income before tax

    (3,872 )   (23,719 )   118  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (496 )   (607 )   (968 )
               

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (3,376 )   (23,112 )   1,086  
               

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 14,479   $ (11,126 ) $ (4,148 )
               

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

43


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (In Thousands)
 

Operating activities

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ (5,234 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Impairment charge

                (25 )

Depreciation and amortization

    7,451     7,736     7,042  

Debt issuance amortization

    78     124     310  

Benefit for deferred income taxes

    (2,601 )   (361 )   (1,983 )

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    80     46     (1,045 )

Gain on purchase of Jones & Shipman

            (647 )

Unrealized intercompany foreign currency transaction loss (gain)

    853     (862 )   615  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                   

Accounts receivable, net

    17,522     (18,589 )   (609 )

Inventories, net

    2,365     (18,123 )   622  

Other assets

    4,486     444     (3,077 )

Accounts payable

    (11,538 )   3,990     12,520  

Customer deposits

    (7,876 )   8,469     5,691  

Accrued expenses

    (4,781 )   (1,277 )   3,697  

Accrued postretirement benefits

    (455 )   (715 )   (741 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    23,439     (7,132 )   17,136  

Investing activities

                   

Capital expenditures

    (7,641 )   (19,217 )   (3,728 )

Proceeds from sale of assets

    557     900     1,576  

Purchase of land use rights

            (2,594 )

Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (8,768 )       (3,014 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (15,852 )   (18,317 )   (7,760 )

Financing activities

                   

Proceeds from short-term notes payable to bank

    51,626     29,987     10,416  

Repayments of short-term notes payable to bank

    (53,537 )   (18,299 )   (10,272 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    1,268     6,011      

Repayments on long-term debt

    (1,562 )   (614 )   (571 )

Dividends paid

    (931 )   (581 )   (232 )

Other

    (3 )   (41 )   (111 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (3,139 )   16,463     (770 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   
671
   
(223

)
 
1,920
 
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    5,119     (9,209 )   10,526  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    21,736     30,945     20,419  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 26,855   $ 21,736   $ 30,945  
               

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

44


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 
 
  (In Thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    125     114,387     59,103     (11,978 )   (107 )   161,530  
                           

Net loss

                (5,234 )               (5,234 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                            1,086     1,086  

Dividends declared

                (232 )               (232 )

Shares issued pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          (568 )         568            

Shares forfeited pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          23           (23 )          

Amortization (long-term incentive plan)

          574                       574  

Net issuance of treasury stock

          (233 )         411           178  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2010

    125     114,183     53,637     (11,022 )   979     157,902  
                           

Net income

                11,986                 11,986  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                            (23,112 )   (23,112 )

Dividends declared

                (582 )               (582 )

Shares issued pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          (497 )         497            

Shares forfeited pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          47           (47 )          

Amortization (long-term incentive plan)

          776                       776  

Net issuance of treasury stock

          (140 )         193           53  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 125   $ 114,369   $ 65,041   $ (10,379 ) $ (22,133 ) $ 147,023  
                           

Net income

                17,855                 17,855  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                            (3,376 )   (3,376 )

Dividends declared

                (935 )               (935 )

Shares issued pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          (843 )         843            

Amortization (long-term incentive plan)

          662                       662  

Net issuance of treasury stock

          (116 )         94           (22 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 125   $ 114,072   $ 81,961   $ (9,442 ) $ (25,509 ) $ 161,207  
                           

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

45


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2012


1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

        Hardinge Inc. ("Hardinge", "we", "us" or "the Company") is a machine tool manufacturer, which designs and manufactures computer-numerically controlled cutting lathes, machining centers, grinding machines, collets, chucks, index fixtures and other industrial products. We sell our products to customers in North America, Europe and Asia. A substantial portion of our sales are to small and medium-sized independent job shops, which in turn sell machined parts to their industrial customers. Industries directly and indirectly served by the Company include: aerospace, automotive, communications, computer, construction equipment, defense, energy, farm equipment, medical equipment, recreational equipment and transportation.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-year presentation.

Use of Estimates

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents are highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Restricted Cash

        Occasionally, we are required to maintain cash deposits with certain banks with respect to contractual obligations as collateral for customer deposits or foreign exchange forward contracts. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the amount of restricted cash was approximately $2.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

        We perform periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of our customers. No collateral is required for sales made on open account terms. Letters of credit from major banks back the majority of sales in the Asian region. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are generally limited due to the large number of customers comprising our customer base. We consider

46


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

trade accounts receivable to be past due when in excess of 30 days past terms, and charge off uncollectible balances when all collection efforts have been exhausted.

        We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.3 million and $2.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would result in additional expense to the Company.

Other Current Assets

        Other current assets consist of prepaid insurance, prepaid real estate taxes, prepaid software license agreements, prepaid income taxes and deposits on certain inventory purchases. When applicable, prepayments are expensed on a straight-line basis over the corresponding life of the underlying asset.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (computed in accordance with the first-in, first-out method) or market. Elements of cost include raw materials, purchased components, labor and overhead.

        We assess the valuation of our inventories and reduce the carrying value of those inventories that are obsolete or in excess of our forecasted usage to their estimated net realizable value. We estimate the net realizable value of such inventories based on analyses and assumptions including, but not limited to, historical usage, future demand and market requirements. We also review the carrying value of our inventory compared to the estimated selling price less costs to sell and adjust our inventory carrying value accordingly. Reductions to the carrying value of inventories are recorded in cost of goods sold. If future demand for our products is less favorable than our forecasts, inventories may need to be reduced, which would result in additional expense.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Major additions, renewals or improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed to operations as incurred. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line and accelerated methods, generally over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

Buildings

    40 years  

Machinery

    12 years  

Patterns, tools, jigs and furniture and fixtures

    10 years  

Office and computer equipment

    5 years  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other separately recognized intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization. Annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, we review these assets for

47


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

impairment. We conduct this impairment review more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. For goodwill, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the applicable reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If, after assessing these events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of such reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will proceed to perform a two-step impairment analysis. For other separately recognized intangible assets with indefinite lives, we use a qualitative approach to test such assets for impairment if certain conditions are met. Intangible assets that are determined to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are also subject to review for impairment, if indicators of impairment are identified.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. To assess whether impairment exists, we use undiscounted cash flows and measure any impairment loss using discounted cash flows. Assets to be held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated.

Income Taxes

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the income tax consequences attributable to operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, and differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be reversed.

        A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets are not expected to be realized. The Company assesses all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether a valuation allowance is needed. Positive and negative evidence to be considered includes scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Supporting a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not necessary is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years.

        We maintain a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of our U.S. net deferred tax assets and we expect to continue to record a full valuation allowance on future tax benefits until an appropriate level of profitability in the U.S. is sustained. We also maintain a valuation allowance on our U.K., German, Dutch, and Canadian deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities. We also maintain a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of one of our Swiss subsidiaries.

        The calculation of our tax liabilities requires significant judgment, the use of estimates and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Our provision for income taxes reflects a combination of income earned and taxed in the U.S. and the various states, as well as federal and

48


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

provincial jurisdictions in Switzerland, U.K., Canada, Germany, France, the Netherlands, China and Taiwan. Jurisdictional tax law changes, increases or decreases in permanent differences between book and tax items, accruals or adjustments of accruals for tax contingencies or valuation allowances, and the change in the mix of earnings from these taxing jurisdictions all affect the overall effective tax rate.

        The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a more likely than not recognition threshold in accordance with ASC 740. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are included as a component of income tax expense.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue from product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, and the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. Sales are recorded net of discounts, customer sales incentives and returns. Discounts and customer sales incentives are typically negotiated as part of the sales terms at the time of sale and are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company does not routinely permit customers to return machines. In the rare case that a machine return is permitted, a restocking fee is typically charged. Returns of spare parts and workholding products are limited to a period of 90 days subsequent to purchase, excluding special orders which are not eligible for return. An estimate of returns, which is not significant, is recorded as a reduction of revenue and is based on historical experience. Transfer of ownership and risk of loss are generally not contingent upon contractual customer acceptance. Prior to shipment, each machine is tested to ensure the machine's compliance with standard operating specifications as listed in our promotional literature. On an exception basis, where larger multiple machine installations are delivered which require run-offs and customer acceptance at their facility, revenue is recognized in the period of customer acceptance.

Sales Tax/VAT

        We collect and remit taxes assessed by different governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with revenue producing transactions between the Company and its customers. These taxes may include sales, use and value-added taxes. We report the collection of these taxes on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are recorded as part of cost of goods sold.

Warranties

        We offer warranties for our products. The specific terms and conditions of those warranties vary depending upon the product sold and the country in which we sold the product. We generally provide a basic limited warranty for a period of one to two years. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our basic limited warranty, based largely upon actual warranty repair cost history and record a

49


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

liability for such costs when that product revenue is recognized. The resulting accrual balance is reviewed during the year. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim.

        We also sell extended warranties for some of our products. These extended warranties usually cover a 12-24 month period that begins after the basic warranty expires. Revenue from extended warranties are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis across the term of the warranty contract.

        These liabilities are reported in accrued expenses on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Research and Development Costs

        The costs associated with research and development programs for new products and significant product improvements are expensed as incurred as a component of cost of goods sold. Research and development expenses totaled $12.1 million, $12.2 million and $9.4 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation and Re-measurement

        The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Net assets are translated at month end exchange rates while income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. Translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions are included as a component of other income and expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, notes payable, long-term debt and foreign currency forwards. See Note 10 for additional disclosure.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        As a multinational Company, we are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates that could affect our results of operations and financial condition. To manage this risk, we enter into derivative instruments namely in the form of foreign currency forwards. Our derivative instruments are held to hedge economic exposures, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on balance sheet exposures of both trade and intercompany assets and liabilities. We hedge this exposure with contracts settling in less than a year. These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Gains or losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of these hedging contracts are recognized immediately in earnings. We have some forward contracts to hedge certain customer orders and vendor firm commitments. These contracts which are for less than two years have maturity dates in alignment with our contractual payment requirements. These derivatives qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as cash flow hedges. Unrealized gains or losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of these hedging contracts are charged to other

50


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

comprehensive income (loss). Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of the contracts are recognized in earnings.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We account for stock-based compensation based on the estimated fair value of the award as of the grant date and recognize as expense the value of the award over the requisite service period.

Earnings Per Share

        We calculate earnings per share using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income (loss) available to common shareholders represents net income (loss) reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

        Unvested stock-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the earnings allocation in the earnings per share calculation under the two-class method. Recipients of restricted stock issued prior to 2011 are entitled to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting period, therefore, meeting the definition of a participating security.


2. Net Inventories

        Net inventories consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Finished products

  $ 56,596   $ 49,476  

Work-in-process

    32,468     28,549  

Raw materials and purchased components

    38,936     44,757  
           

Inventories, net

  $ 128,000   $ 122,782  
           

51


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012


3. Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Land, buildings and improvements

  $ 83,032   $ 73,657  

Machinery, equipment and fixtures

    73,169     68,303  

Office furniture, equipment and vehicles

    18,058     16,990  

Construction in progress

    325     9,212  
           

    174,584     168,162  

Accumulated depreciation

    (103,549 )   (99,958 )
           

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 71,035   $ 68,204  
           

        Depreciation expense was $6.0 million, $6.1 million and $5.7 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        During 2010, we recognized a gain of $1.0 million on the sale of assets primarily related to the sale of machinery and equipment classified as "held for sale" at the Elmira, NY manufacturing facility.


4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        A summary of goodwill activities follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $   $  

Acquisition

    8,497      
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 8,497   $  
           

        In 2012, we recorded $8.5 million in goodwill and $9.4 million in other identifiable intangible assets associated with a business acquisition. See Footnote 17 for a detailed discussion of this acquisition. The gross carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $32.3 million and $23.8 million, respectively. Accumulated impairment losses were $23.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

52


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

        Summary of the major components of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Gross amortizable intangible assets:

             

Land rights

  $ 2,784   $ 2,746  

Patents

    3,006     2,965  

Technical know-how, customer list, and other

    12,392     5,785  
           

Total gross amortizable intangible assets

    18,182     11,496  

Accumulated amortization:

             

Land rights

    (116 )   (59 )

Patents

    (2,807 )   (2,704 )

Technical know-how, customer list, and other

    (3,870 )   (3,235 )
           

Total accumulated amortization

    (6,793 )   (5,998 )
           

Amortizable intangible assets, net

    11,389     5,498  
           

Intangible asset not subject to amortization:

             

Assets associated with Bridgeport acquisition (1)

    7,595     7,267  

Assets associated with Usach acquisition (2)

    2,840      
           

    10,435     7,267  
           

Intangible assets, net

  $ 21,824   $ 12,765  
           

(1)
Represents the aggregate value of the trade name, trademarks and copyrights associated with the former worldwide operations of Bridgeport. We use the Bridgeport brand name on all of our machining center lines. After consideration of legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic and other factors, the asset has been determined to have an indefinite useful life. The $0.3 million increase in the balance from 2011 was the impact of foreign currency exchange.

(2)
Represents the value of the trade name associated with Usach Technologies, Inc. which the Company acquired in 2012. We use the Usach trade name on all of our grinding machines and grinding systems manufactured by Usach. After consideration of legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic and other factors, the asset has been determined to have an indefinite useful life.

        Amortization expense related to these amortizable intangible assets was $0.8 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively. The aggregated amortization expense on existing intangible assets for each of the next five years is approximately $1.5 million, $1.2 million, $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

53


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012


5. Financing Arrangements

        We maintain financing arrangements with several financial institutions. These financing arrangements are in the form of long-term loans, credit facilities, or lines of credit. In aggregate, these financing arrangements allow us to borrow up to $80.6 million at December 31, 2012, of which $58.6 million can be borrowed for working capital needs. As of December 31, 2012, $54.3 million was available for borrowing under these arrangements of which $46.1 million was available for working capital needs. Total consolidated borrowings outstanding were $20.0 million at December 31, 2012 and $21.5 million at December 31, 2011. Details of these financing arrangements are discussed below.

Long-term Debt

        Long-term debt consists of:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans

  $ 5,119   $ 5,878  

Construction loan

    3,370     2,690  
           

Total long-term debt

    8,489     8,568  

Current portion

    (2,873 )   (1,548 )
           

Total long-term debt, less current portion

  $ 5,616   $ 7,020  
           

        The annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the five years after December 31, 2012, are as follows:

Year
  Amounts  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 2,873  

2014

    2,392  

2015

    948  

2016

    638  

2017

    328  

Thereafter

    1,310  
       

  $ 8,489  
       

        In May 2006, Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a mortgage loan with a local bank. The principal amount of the loan is 180.0 million New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD") ($6.2 million equivalent). The loan, which matures in June 2016, is secured by real property owned and requires quarterly principal payment in the amount of TWD 4.5 million ($0.2 million equivalent). The loan interest rate, 1.745% at December 31, 2012 and 1.75% at December 31, 2011, is based on the bank's one year fixed savings rate plus 0.4%. The principal amount outstanding was TWD 63.0 million ($2.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2012 and TWD 81.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

54


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

        In August 2011, Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company Ltd.("Hardinge Jiaxing"), an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expires on January 30, 2014, provides up to 25.0 million in Chinese Renminbi ("CNY") ($4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, 7.38% at December 31, 2012 and 7.98% at December 31, 2011, is the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and is subject to adjustment annually. The agreement calls for scheduled principal repayments in the amounts of CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent) and CNY 9.0 million ($1.4 million equivalent) on January 20, 2013, July 20, 2013 and January 30, 2014, respectively. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 21.0 million ($3.4 million equivalent) at December 31, 2012 and CNY 17.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        This loan agreement contains financial covenants pursuant to which the subsidiary is required to continually maintain a ratio of total liabilities to total assets less than 0.65:1.00 and a current ratio of more than 1.0:1.0. In addition, the subsidiary is not allowed to act as a guarantor to any third party. The loan agreement contains customary events of default and acceleration clauses. Additionally, the loan is secured by substantially all of the real property and improvements owned by the subsidiary. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

        In December 2011, L. Kellenberger & Co. AG ("Kellenberger"), an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, entered into a credit facility with a local bank which provides for borrowing of up to 3.0 million in Swiss Franc ("CHF") ($3.3 million equivalent). Upon entering into the facility, the subsidiary obtained a loan of CHF 3.0 million ($3.3 million equivalent) with a five-year term maturing on December 23, 2016. Interest on the loan accrues at a fixed rate of 2.65%. Beginning in June 2012, payments of principal on the loan in the amount of CHF 150,000 ($0.2 million equivalent) are due on June 30 and December 31 in each remaining year of the term. The principal amount outstanding was CHF 2.7 million ($3.0 million equivalent) at December 31, 2012 and CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        All borrowings under this facility are secured by a mortgage on the subsidiary's facility in Romanshorn, Switzerland. The facility is also subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the equity of the subsidiary must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

Credit Facilities and Other Financing Arrangements

    Foreign Credit Facilities

        In December 2012, Hardinge Jiaxing entered into a secured credit facility with a local bank. This facility, which expires on December 20, 2014 provides up to CNY 34.2 million (approximately $5.5 million) or its equivalent in other currencies for working capital and letter of credit purposes. Borrowings under the credit facility are secured by real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate on the credit facility, currently at 6.6%, is based on the basic interest rate as published by the People's Bank of China, plus a 10% mark-up. As of December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

55


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

        In June, 2012, Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility. This facility, which expires on May 30, 2013, provides up to $12.0 million, or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charges interest at 1.61% and is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions and carries no commitment fees on unused funds. This facility replaced the existing $12.0 million facility entered into in July 2011, which expired on May 30, 2012. The principal amounts outstanding for these facilities were $9.0 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and were included in the notes payable to bank on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Kellenberger maintains two separate credit facilities with a bank. The first facility, entered into in August 2009 and subsequently amended in December 2009 and August 2010, provides for borrowing of up to CHF 7.5 million ($8.2 million equivalent) to be used for guarantees, documentary credit, or margin cover for foreign exchange hedging activity with maximum terms of 12 months. The second facility, entered into in August 2009 and amended in June 2010, provides for borrowings of up to CHF 6.0 million ($6.6 million equivalent) to be used for working capital purposes as a limit for cash credits in CHF and/or in any other freely convertible foreign currencies with maximum terms of up to 36 months. The second facility is secured by certain real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate charged on these two facilities, currently at London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 1.188% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's risk assessment of the subsidiary. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities.

        Kellenberger also maintains a credit agreement with another bank. This agreement, entered into in October 2009, provided a credit facility of up to CHF 7.0 million ($7.6 million equivalent) for guarantees, documentary credit and margin cover for foreign exchange trades and of which up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.3 million equivalent) of the facility was available for working capital purposes. The facility was secured by the subsidiary's certain real property up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.3 million equivalent). This agreement was amended in August 2010. The amendment increased the total funds available under the facility to CHF 9.0 million ($9.8 million equivalent), increased the funds available for working capital purposes to CHF $5.0 million ($5.5 million equivalent) and increased the secured amounts to CHF 4.0 million ($4.4 million equivalent). The amended agreement terminates on September 1, 2013 and reverts to its pre-amendment terms. The interest rate, currently at LIBOR plus 2.5% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on the prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's assessment of the subsidiary. It carries no commitment fees on unused funds. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        The above Kellenberger credit facilities are subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement where the minimum equity for the subsidary must be at least 35% of its balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were in compliance with the required covenant.

    Domestic Credit Facilities

        In December 2009, we entered into a $10.0 million revolving credit facility with a bank. This facility is subject to annual renewal requirement. In December 2011, we modified the existing facility and increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million, reduced the interest rate from the daily

56


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum and extended the maturity date of the facility from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013. In December, 2012, we extended the maturity date of the facility to March 31, 2014 and reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum. This credit facility is secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets (exclusive of real property), a negative pledge on our worldwide headquarters in Elmira, NY, and a pledge of 65% of our investment in Hardinge Holdings GmbH. The credit facility is guaranteed by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is the owner of the real property comprising our world headquarters. The credit facility does not include any financial covenants. The principal amounts outstanding under this facility was $2.5 million at December 31, 2012. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2011.

        In December, 2012, Usach Technologies, Inc., a directly wholly-owned domestic subsidiary, entered into a variable rate revolving credit facility with a bank that provides up to $2.0 million in financing for working capital needs. This credit facility matures on December 20, 2013. The interest rate is based on the daily prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal with a minimum interest rate of 4.0%. This credit facility requires that the subsidiary maintain minimum tangible capital funds of not less than $1.5 million. Tangible capital funds are defined as net worth plus liabilities subordinated to the bank less any intangible assets. At December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding and we were in compliance with the minimum tangible capital requirement.

        We also have a $3.0 million unsecured short-term line of credit from a bank with interest based on the prime rate with a floor of 5.0% and a ceiling of 16.0%. The agreement is negotiated annually, requires no commitment fee and is payable on demand. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2012. The principal amount outstanding was $0.5 million at December 31, 2011.

        We maintain a standby letter of credit for potential liabilities pertaining to self-insured workers compensation exposure. The amount of the letter of credit was $1.0 million at December 31, 2012. It expires on March 15, 2013. In total, we had various outstanding letters of credit totaling $15.6 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


6. Income Taxes

        The Company's pre-tax income (loss) for domestic and foreign sources is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Domestic

  $ (4,142 ) $ (3,483 ) $ (8,467 )

Foreign

    23,483     19,842     5,401  
               

Total

  $ 19,341   $ 16,359   $ (3,066 )
               

57


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current:

                   

Federal and state

  $   $   $  

Foreign

    4,736     5,086     3,645  
               

Total current

    4,736     5,086     3,645  
               

Deferred:

                   

Federal and state

    (2,720 )       (100 )

Foreign

    (530 )   (713 )   (1,377 )
               

Total deferred

    (3,250 )   (713 )   (1,477 )
               

Total income tax expense

  $ 1,486   $ 4,373   $ 2,168  
               

        The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense computed at the United States statutory rate to amounts shown in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Federal income taxes at statutory rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   (35.0 )%

Taxes on foreign income which differ from the U.S. statutory rate

    (18.1 )   (19.8 )   (48.6 )

Effect of change in the enacted rate

    (1.3 )   (0.5 )   2.0  

Change in valuation allowance

    (46.0 )   10.6     141.5  

U.S. taxation of international operations

    37.3     0.0     0.0  

Change in estimated liabilities

    0.4     1.3     5.3  

Other

    0.4     0.1     5.5  
               

    7.7 %   26.7 %   70.7 %
               

58


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Federal, state, and foreign net operating losses

  $ 31,568   $ 34,386  

State tax credit carryforwards

    6,915     6,888  

Postretirement benefits

    862     899  

Deferred employee benefits

    2,214     2,428  

Accrued pension

    15,097     13,918  

Inventory valuation

    2,281     2,014  

Foreign tax credit carryforwards

    2,677     4,197  

Other

    3,608     3,265  
           

    65,222     67,995  

Less valuation allowance

    (57,698 )   (62,672 )
           

Total deferred tax assets

    7,524     5,323  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Tax over book depreciation

    (4,428 )   (4,082 )

Inventory valuation

    (2,323 )   (2,388 )

Intangible assets

    (3,069 )    

Other

    (1,367 )   (1,275 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (11,187 )   (7,745 )
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (3,663 ) $ (2,422 )
           

        Current deferred tax assets of $2.2 million and $1.6 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively, are reported in other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Non-current deferred tax assets of $0.6 million and $0.9 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively, are reported in other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        In 2012, the valuation allowance decreased by $5.0 million. $2.7 million of the decrease is due to changes in the Company's existing U.S. valuation allowance as a result of its acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc. which resulted in an income tax benefit. The remaining decrease of $2.3 million was due to operational results in the U.S., U.K., Germany, Switzerland, Canada, France, and the Netherlands, offset by an increase in minimum pension liabilities in the U.S. and other items recorded in other comprehensive income (loss).

        In 2011, the valuation allowance increased by $9.1 million. $2.4 million of the increase was due to operational results in the U.S., U.K., Germany, and the Netherlands, and an increase of $6.7 million due to the net increase in minimum pension liabilities in the U.S. and the U.K., and other items recorded in other comprehensive income (loss).

        At December 31, 2012, we have U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $61.5 million and $28.6 million, respectively, which expire from 2023 through 2031. If certain substantial changes in the Company's ownership occur, there would be an annual limitation on the amount of the

59


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

carryforwards that can be utilized. The U.S. net operating loss includes approximately $2.1 million of the net operating loss carryforwards for which a benefit will be recorded in additional paid in capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheets when realized. In addition, we have state investment tax credits of $6.9 million which have no expiration date. We also have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $44.7 million, of which $14.6 million will expire between 2017 through 2032, and of which $ 30.1 million have no expiration date.

        At the end of 2012, the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, which amounted to approximately $119.1 million, are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for taxes has been provided thereon. Given the complexities of the foreign tax credit calculations, it is not practicable to compute the tax liability that would be due upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or liquidation or sale of our foreign subsidiaries.

        We had been granted a tax holiday in China which expired in 2011. For 2011, our tax rate for our Chinese subsidiary was 24% and our tax rate in China was 25% in 2012.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 2,333   $ 2,127   $ 2,443  

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

        592      

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    235     170     836  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

        (83 )   (575 )

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

    (54 )   (23 )   (91 )

Settlements

        (450 )   (486 )
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 2,514   $ 2,333   $ 2,127  
               

        If recognized, essentially all of the uncertain tax positions and related interest at December 31, 2012 would be recorded as a benefit to income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. It is reasonably possible that certain of our uncertain tax positions pertaining to our foreign operations may change within the next 12 months due to audit settlements and statute of limitations expirations. We estimate the change in uncertain tax positions for these items to be between $0.1 million and $0.9 million.

        We record interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The net increase in interest and net reduction in penalties were immaterial for 2012 and 2011. Accrued interest related to the uncertain tax positions was $0.7 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Accrued penalties related to uncertain tax positions were $0.2 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The accrued interest and penalties are reported in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        The tax years 2011 and 2012 remain open to examination by the U.S. federal taxing authorities. The tax years 2008 through 2012 remain open to examination by the U.S. state taxing authorities. For

60


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

our other major jurisdictions (Switzerland, U.K., Taiwan, Germany, Netherlands and China); the tax years between 2006 and 2012 generally remain open to routine examination by foreign taxing authorities, depending on the jurisdiction.


7. Warranty

        A reconciliation of the changes in our product warranty accrual is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 3,800   $ 3,298  

Warranty settlement costs

    (2,486 )   (2,689 )

Warranties issued

    3,140     4,096  

Changes in accruals for pre-existing warranties

    (1,126 )   (842 )

Currency translation impact

    104     (63 )
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 3,432   $ 3,800  
           


8. Industry Segment and Foreign Operations

        Summary of domestic and foreign operations consist of the following:

 
  2012   Year Ended
December 31, 2011
  2010  
 
  North
America
  Europe   Asia   North
America
  Europe   Asia   North
America
  Europe   Asia  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Domestic Sales

  $ 61,458   $ 119,665   $ 166,968   $ 68,005   $ 106,471   $ 150,721   $ 54,715   $ 78,194   $ 125,115  

Export Sales

    12,058     40,516     42,705     5,682     49,084     52,520     7,755     22,719     17,104  
                                       

Gross Sales

    73,516     160,181     209,673     73,687     155,555     203,241     62,470     100,913     142,219  

Less Inter-area eliminations

    11,514     32,223     65,220     7,653     36,219     47,038     9,391     20,728     18,476  
                                       

Sales

  $ 62,002   $ 127,958   $ 144,453   $ 66,034   $ 119,336   $ 156,203   $ 53,079   $ 80,185   $ 123,743  
                                       

Identifiable Assets

  $ 70,502   $ 129,201   $ 95,630   $ 60,383   $ 129,919   $ 108,602   $ 51,470   $ 119,461   $ 90,274  
                                       

        Sales attributable to European and Asian operations are based on those sales generated by subsidiaries located in Europe and Asia.

        Inter-area sales are accounted for at prices comparable to normal, unaffiliated customer sales, reduced by estimated costs not incurred on these sales.

        We have no single customer who accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated sales in 2012 or 2011. In 2010, a customer who is a supplier to the consumer electronics industry accounted for 10.7% of our consolidated sales.

61


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

8. Industry Segment and Foreign Operations (Continued)

        Machine sales accounted for approximately 78% of 2012 sales, 77% of 2011 sales and 75% of 2010 sales. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts and accessories made up the balance.

        Summary of sales to external customers by country is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   % of
Total
  2011   % of
Total
  2010   % of
Total
 
 
  (dollar amount in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 79,013     23.6 % $ 84,673     24.8 % $ 54,426     21.2 %

China

    102,538     30.7 %   111,670     32.7 %   102,092     39.7 %

Germany

    39,595     11.8 %   26,483     7.8 %   25,267     9.8 %

England

    28,328     8.5 %   24,420     7.1 %   15,983     6.2 %

Other foreign

    84,939     25.4 %   94,327     27.6 %   59,239     23.1 %
                           

Total foreign

    255,400     76.4 %   256,900     75.2 %   202,581     78.8 %
                           

Total

  $ 334,413     100.0 % $ 341,573     100.0 % $ 257,007     100.0 %
                           

        Summary of net property, plant and equipment by country is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   % of
Total
  2011   % of
Total
  2010   % of
Total
 
 
  (dollar amount in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 14,210     20.0 % $ 14,550     21.3 % $ 15,336     27.1 %

Switzerland

    38,122     53.7 %   36,540     53.6 %   30,675     54.2 %

China

    9,737     13.7 %   8,019     11.8 %   915     1.6 %

Taiwan

    8,243     11.6 %   8,039     11.8 %   8,438     14.9 %

Other foreign

    723     1.0 %   1,056     1.5 %   1,264     2.2 %
                           

Total foreign

    56,825     80.0 %   53,654     78.7 %   41,292     72.9 %
                           

Total

  $ 71,035     100.0 % $ 68,204     100.0 % $ 56,628     100.0 %
                           


9. Employee Benefits

Pension and Postretirement Plans

        We provide a qualified defined benefit pension plan covering all eligible domestic employees hired before March 1, 2004. The plan bases benefits upon both years of service and earnings through June 15, 2009. Our policy is to fund at least an amount necessary to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of ERISA. For our foreign plans, contributions are made on a monthly basis and are governed by their governmental regulations. Each foreign plan requires employee and employer contributions except Hardinge Taiwan, which requires only employer contributions. In 2010, we permanently froze the accrual of benefits under the domestic plan and one of our foreign plans.

        Domestic employees hired on or after March 1, 2004 have retirement benefits under our 401(k) defined contribution plan. After one year of service, we will contribute 4% of an employee's pay and

62


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

will further match 25% of the first 4% that the employee contributes. The June 15, 2009 suspension of the 25% company match as well as the 4% company contribution to the 401(k) plan was rescinded on January 1, 2011. We made contributions of $1.4 million and $0.1 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. In conjunction with the permanent freeze of benefit accruals under the domestic defined benefit pension plan, employees that were actively participating in the domestic defined benefit pension plan became eligible to receive company contributions in the 401(k) plan. Additionally, upon reaching age 50, employees who were age 40 or older as of January 1, 2011 and were participants in the domestic defined benefit pension plan are provided enhanced employer contributions in the 401(k) plan to compensate for the loss of future benefit accruals under the defined benefit pension plan. We recognized $1.6 million and $1.5 million of expense for the domestic defined contribution plan in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Employees may contribute additional funds to the plan for which there is no required company match. All employer and employee contributions are invested at the direction of the employees in a number of investment alternatives, one being Hardinge Inc. common stock.

        As a result of the permanent freeze to the accrual of benefits under the domestic plan and one of our foreign plans, we realized a net curtailment gain of $0.3 million in 2010. In 2012, we recognized a $3.2 million prior service credit in two of our foreign pension plans as a result of a plan amendment that changed the interest rates used to convert lump sums to annuity payments. This change is consistent with the lower interest rate environment in the jurisdiction which these two pension plans exist.

        We provide a contributory retiree health plan covering all eligible domestic employees who retired at normal retirement age prior to January 1, 1993 and all retirees who have or will retire at normal retirement age after January 1, 1993 with at least 10 years of active service. Employees who elect early retirement on or after reaching age 55 are eligible for the plan benefits if they have 15 years of active service at retirement. Benefit obligations and funding policies are at the discretion of management. We also provide a non-contributory life insurance plan to retirees who meet the same eligibility criteria as required for retiree health insurance. Because the amount of liability relative to this plan is insignificant, it is combined with the health plan for purposes of this disclosure.

        In 2009 and 2008, we offered a Voluntary Early Retirement Program ("VERP") to eligible employees. Employees were eligible to participate in the VERP if the sum of their current age and length of service equaled 94 years. The VERP covers post-retirement health care costs for 60 months or until Medicare coverage begins, whichever occurs first. Through December 31, 2012, we have recognized $1.1 million in costs for the 2009 and 2008 VERP, of which $0.2 million and $0.4 million are included within the postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

        Increases in the cost of the retiree health plan are paid by the participants with the exception of premium costs for eligible employees who retired under a VERP. For each VERP retiree, we pay the premium in excess of a scheduled amount until they reach Medicare eligibility or for a period not to exceed five years at which point the retiree assumes responsibility for any premium increases.

        The discount rate for determining benefit obligations in the postretirement benefits plan was 4.21% and 4.92% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The change in the discount rate increased the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2012 by $0.2 million.

63


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        A summary of the pension and postretirement benefits plans' funded status and amounts recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets is as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits   Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  December 31,   December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Change in benefit obligation :

                         

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

  $ 201,168   $ 190,353   $ 2,429   $ 2,734  

Service cost

    1,246     1,449     18     18  

Interest cost

    8,159     8,583     111     138  

Plan participants' contributions

    1,524     1,530     422     464  

Actuarial loss (gain)

    18,917     10,580     30     (94 )

Foreign currency impact

    2,931     (596 )        

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

    (6,949 )   (10,560 )   (698 )   (831 )

Plan amendment and other changes

    (3,216 )   (171 )        
                   

Benefit obligation at end of period

  $ 223,780   $ 201,168   $ 2,312   $ 2,429  
                   

Change in plan assets:

                         

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

  $ 155,840   $ 163,205   $   $  

Actual return on plan assets

    15,879     (2,413 )        

Employer contribution

    7,816     4,429     276     367  

Plan participants' contributions

    1,524     1,530     422     464  

Foreign currency impact

    2,583     (351 )        

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

    (6,949 )   (10,560 )   (698 )   (831 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

  $ 176,693   $ 155,840   $   $  
                   

Funded status of plans

  $ (47,087 ) $ (45,328 ) $ (2,312 ) $ (2,429 )
                   

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

                         

Non-current assets

  $ 1,451   $ 1,345   $   $  

Current liabilities

    (232 )   (208 )   (306 )   (358 )

Non-current liabilities

    (48,306 )   (46,465 )   (2,006 )   (2,071 )
                   

Net amount recognized

  $ (47,087 ) $ (45,328 ) $ (2,312 ) $ (2,429 )
                   

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) consist of:

                         

Net actuarial (loss) gain

  $ (74,652 ) $ (63,708 ) $ 277   $ 314  

Transition asset

    1,106     1,349          

Prior service credit

    3,552     301     254     607  
                   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (69,994 )   (62,058 )   531     921  
                   

Accumulated contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost

    22,907     16,730     (2,843 )   (3,350 )
                   

Net deficit recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

  $ (47,087 ) $ (45,328 ) $ (2,312 ) $ (2,429 )
                   

64


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        The projected benefit obligations for the foreign pension plans included in the amounts above were $104.3 million and $92.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The plan assets for the foreign pension plans included above were $94.8 million and $82.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        The accumulated benefit obligations for the foreign and domestic pension plans were $218.6 million and $196.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        The following information is presented for pension plans where the projected benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets (all plans except one Swiss plan in 2012 and 2011):

 
  Pension Benefits  
 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Projected benefit obligations

  $ 216,861   $ 195,308  

Fair value of plan assets

    168,322     148,634  
           

Excess of projected benefit obligations over plan assets

  $ 48,539   $ 46,674  
           

        The following information is presented for pension plans where the accumulated benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets (all plans except Taiwan and one Swiss plan in 2012 and 2011):

 
  Pension Benefits  
 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accumulated benefit obligations

  $ 211,047   $ 189,684  

Fair value of plan assets

    167,241     147,640  
           

Excess of accumulated benefit obligations over plan assets

  $ 43,806   $ 42,044  
           

65


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost and postretirement benefit costs for the consolidated company is presented below. The pension cost includes an executive supplemental pension plan.

 
  Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits  
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Service cost

  $ 1,246   $ 1,449   $ 1,313   $ 18   $ 18   $ 17  

Interest cost

    8,159     8,583     8,584     111     138     156  

Expected return on plan assets

    (9,495 )   (10,089 )   (9,430 )            

Amortization of prior service credit

    (54 )   (58 )   (120 )   (353 )   (353 )   (370 )

Amortization of transition asset

    (269 )   (284 )   (225 )            

Settlement/curtailment (gain) loss

            (333 )            

Amortization of loss (gain)

    2,417     1,794     866     (7 )        
                           

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 2,004   $ 1,395   $ 655   $ (231 ) $ (197 ) $ (197 )
                           

        A summary of the changes in pension and postretirement benefits recognized in other comprehensive loss is presented below:

 
  Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits  
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss (gain) arising during period

  $ 12,533   $ 23,082   $ 9,598   $ 30   $ (94 ) $ 36  

Amortization of transition asset (obligation)

    269     284     (18 )            

Amortization of prior service credit

    54     58     509     353     353     370  

Other (gain) loss

    (3,216 )   184                  

Amortization of (loss) gain

    (2,417 )   (1,794 )   (722 )   7          

Foreign currency exchange impact

    713     (321 )   924              
                           

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss

    7,936     21,493     10,291     390     259     406  
                           

Net recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss

  $ 9,940   $ 22,888   $ 10,946   $ 159   $ 62   $ 209  
                           

        The net periodic benefit cost for the foreign pension plans included in the amounts above was $1.9 million, $1.8 million, and $1.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

        We expect to recognize $3.2 million of net loss, $0.3 million credit related to transition assets and $0.4 million of net prior service credit as components of net periodic pension cost in 2013 for our defined benefit pension plans. We expect to recognize $0.3 million of net prior service credit as a component of net periodic postretirement benefit cost in 2013.

66


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension costs and other postretirement benefit costs include:

 
  Pension
Benefits
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011  

Assumptions at January 1

                         

For the domestic plans:

                         

Discount rate

    5.11 %   5.93 %   4.92 %   5.50 %

Expected return on plan assets

    7.75 %   8.00 %   N/A     N/A  

For the foreign plans:

                         

Weighted average discount rate

    3.01 %   3.09 %            

Weighted average expected return on plan assets

    4.07 %   4.24 %            

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

    2.51 %   2.51 %            

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension obligations and other postretirement benefit obligations include:

 
  Pension
Benefits
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011  

Assumptions at December 31

                         

For the domestic plans:

                         

Discount rate

    4.31 %   5.11 %   4.21 %   4.92 %

For the foreign pension plans:

                         

Weighted average discount rate

    2.34 %   3.01 %            

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

    2.51 %   2.51 %            

        For our domestic and foreign plans (except for the Taiwan plan), discount rates used to determine the benefit obligations are based on the yields on high grade corporate bonds in each market with maturities matching the projected benefit payments. The discount rate for the Taiwan plan is based on the yield on long-dated government bonds plus a spread. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, for our domestic and foreign plans, we considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds) in each market, the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption.

Investment Policies and Strategies

        For the domestic defined benefit pension plan, the plan targets an asset allocation of approximately 55% equity securities, 36% debt securities and 9% other. For the foreign defined benefit pension plans, the plans target blended asset allocation of 41% equity securities, 45% debt securities and 14% other.

67


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        Given the relatively long horizon of our aggregate obligation, our investment strategy is to improve and maintain the funded status of our domestic and foreign plans over time without exposure to excessive asset value volatility. We manage this risk primarily by maintaining actual asset allocations between equity and fixed income securities for the plans within a specified range of its target asset allocation. In addition, we ensure that diversification across various investment subcategories within each plan are also maintained within specified ranges.

        Our domestic and foreign pension assets are managed by outside investment managers and held in trust by third-party custodians. The selection and oversight of these outside service providers is the responsibility of management, investment committees, plan trustees and their advisors. The selection of specific securities is at the discretion of the investment manager and is subject to the provisions set forth by written investment management agreements, related policy guidelines and applicable governmental regulations regarding permissible investments and risk control practices.

Cash flows

Contributions

        Our funding policy is to contribute to our defined benefit pension plans when pension laws and economics either require or encourage funding. The domestic plan is the largest of all our defined benefit pension plans. The contributions to this plan for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 totaled $5.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

        During 2012, Congress enacted the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act ("MAP-21"). In the short-term, MAP-21 will increase the discount rates used to determine funding liabilities, resulting in significantly lower pension contributions. As a result of MAP-21, no contributions are expected to be made to our domestic defined benefit pension plan during the year ending December 31, 2013. We also provide defined benefit pension plans or defined contribution retirement plans for our foreign subsidiaries. The expected contributions to be paid during the year ending December 31, 2013 to the foreign defined benefit pension plans are $2.5 million. For each of our foreign plans, contributions are made on a monthly basis and are determined by their governmental regulations. Also, each of the foreign plans requires employee and employer contributions, except for Taiwan, which has only employer contributions.

68


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 
  Pension
Benefits
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 9,025   $ 306  

2014

    9,175     153  

2015

    9,683     142  

2016

    9,831     145  

2017

    10,400     148  

Years 2018 - 2022

    58,555     756  

Foreign Operations

        We also have employees in certain foreign countries that are covered by defined contribution retirement plans and other employee benefit plans. Related obligations and costs charged to operations for these plans are not material. The foreign entities with defined benefit pension plans are included in the consolidated pension plans described earlier within this footnote.


10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, various techniques and assumptions can be used to estimate fair value. We are using the following fair value hierarchy definition:

      Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

      Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities.

      Level 3—Inputs for which significant valuation assumptions are unobservable in a market and therefore value is based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.

69


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following table presents our financial instruments measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,855   $ 26,855   $   $  

Restricted cash

    2,634     2,634          

Notes payable to bank

    (11,500 )       (11,500 )    

Variable interest rate debt

    (8,489 )       (8,489 )    

Contingent purchase price payment

    (7,484 )           (7,484 )

Foreign currency forward contracts, net

    (205 )       (205 )    

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,736   $ 21,736   $   $  

Restricted cash

    4,575     4,575          

Notes payable to bank

    (12,969 )       (12,969 )    

Variable interest rate debt

    (8,568 )       (8,568 )    

Contingent purchase price payment

    (468 )           (468 )

Foreign currency forward contracts, net

    (1,053 )       (1,053 )    

        The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are based on the fair values of identical assets in active markets. The fair value of notes payable to bank and variable interest rate debt are based on the present value of expected future cash flows. Due to the short period to maturity or the nature of the underlying liability, the fair value of notes payable to bank and variable interest rate debt approximates their respective carrying amounts. The contingent purchase price payment represents the contingent liabilities associated with the earn-out provisions from the 2012 acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc. and 2010 acquisition of Jones Shipman (refer to Footnote 17 for a detailed discussion of these acquisitions) . The fair value of the contingent purchase price payment is based on the present value of the estimated aggregated payment amount. The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is measured using internal models based on observable market inputs such as spot and forward rates. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments to be active. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were no significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2.

        As described in Footnote 17, the Company completed an acquisition in 2012. The fair value measurements for the acquired intangible assets were calculated using discounted cash flow analyses which rely upon significant unobservable Level 3 inputs which include the following:

Unobservable inputs
  Range

Discount rate

  20.5% - 22.0%

Royalty rate

  2.5%

Long term growth rate

  3.0%

70


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following table presents the fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets of the foreign currency forward contracts:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency forwards designated as hedges:

             

Other current assets

  $ 191   $ 334  

Accrued expenses

    (213 )   (1,351 )

Foreign currency forwards not designated as hedges:

             

Other current assets

    284     315  

Accrued expenses

    (467 )   (351 )
           

Foreign currency forwards, net

  $ (205 ) $ (1,053 )
           

        During 2011, we did not have any significant nonrecurring measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities.

Pension Plan Assets

        The fair values and classification of our defined benefit plan assets is as follows:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Growth funds (1)

  $ 44,879   $ 43,616   $ 1,263   $  

Income funds (2)

    28,473     27,428     1,045      

Growth and income funds (3)

    73,186         73,186      

Hedge funds (4)

    22,615             22,615  

Real estate funds

    3,300     714     2,586      

Other assets

    2,199     1,081     1,118      

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,041     2,041          
                   

Total

  $ 176,693   $ 74,880   $ 79,198   $ 22,615  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Growth funds (1)

  $ 38,523   $ 37,434   $ 1,089   $  

Income funds (2)

    23,172     22,266     906      

Growth and income funds (3)

    64,588         64,588      

Hedge funds (4)

    22,523             22,523  

Real estate funds

    3,119     950     2,169      

Other assets

    619         619      

Cash and cash equivalents

    3,296     3,296          
                   

Total

  $ 155,840   $ 63,946   $ 69,371   $ 22,523  
                   

(1)
Growth funds represent a type of fund containing a diversified portfolio of domestic and international equities with a goal of capital appreciation.

71


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

(2)
Income funds represent a type of fund with an emphasis on current income as opposed to capital appreciation. Such funds may contain a variety of domestic and international government and corporate debt obligations, preferred stock, money market instruments and dividend-paying stocks.

(3)
Growth and Income funds represent a type of fund containing a combination of growth and income securities.

(4)
Hedge funds represent a managed portfolio of investments that use advanced investment strategies such as leveraged, long, short and derivative positions in both domestic and international markets with the goal of generating high returns. These funds are subject to quarterly redemptions and advanced notification requirements, as well as the right to delay redemption until sufficient fund liquidity exists.

        A summary of the changes in the fair value of the defined benefit plans assets classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 22,523   $ 23,710  

Unrealized gain (loss)

    930     (559 )

Realized gain (loss)

    448     (253 )

Purchases

    3,000     7,000  

Sales/settlements

    (4,286 )   (7,375 )
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 22,615   $ 22,523  
           

        Most of our defined benefit pension plan's Level 1 assets are debt and equity investments that are traded in active markets, either domestically or internationally. They are measured at fair value using closing prices from active markets. The Level 2 assets are typically investments in pooled funds, which are measured based on the value of their underlying assets that are publicly traded with observable values. The fair value of our Level 3 plan assets are measured by compiling the portfolio holdings and independently valuing the securities in those portfolios.


11. Derivative Financial Instruments

        We utilize foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency as well as on forecasted transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiary with the exposure. Generally these contracts have a term of less than one year and are considered derivative instruments. The valuations of these derivatives are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as spot and forward rates, and are recorded as either assets or liabilities. We use a group of highly rated domestic and international banks in order to mitigate counterparty risk on our forward contracts.

        For contracts that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the unrealized gains or losses on the contracts are reported as a component of other comprehensive income ("OCI") and are reclassified

72


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

11. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

from accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") into earnings on the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the hedged transaction affects earnings. We affect the sales line where the underlying exposure is a sales order and cost of sales line where the underlying exposure is a purchase order. As of December 31, 2012, we expect immaterial amount of the unrealized gain or loss on these contracts to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months. During 2012, we reclassified $0.2 million and $0.7 million from AOCI to the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an increase in sales and cost of goods sold, respectively. The amounts reclassified from AOCI to sales and cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were not material. For contracts that are not designated as hedges, the gains and losses on the contracts are recognized in current earnings as other (income) expense.

        Notional amounts of the derivative financial instruments not qualifying or designated as hedges were $60.5 million at December 31, 2012 and $47.6 million at December 31, 2011. The net gain realized related to this type of derivative financial instruments was immaterial in 2012. We realized losses of $1.9 million and gains of $1.4 million related to this type of derivative financial instruments in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The gains and losses were recorded in other expense (income) on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

        Derivative financial instruments qualifying and designated as hedges are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Notional
Amount
  Unrealized
Loss
  Notional
Amount
  Unrealized
Loss
 
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency forward contracts

  $ 49,750   $ 22   $ 48,802   $ 1,017  


12. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits as a result of normal operations and in the ordinary course of business. Management believes the outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

        Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters. Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liabilities for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to real property we own and on adjacent parcels of real property.

        In particular, our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and

73


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

        Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

        A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc., the PRPs, have agreed to voluntarily participate in the Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the EPA, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.

        The EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan in May of 2008. On September 7, 2011, the PRPs submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA and on January 10, 2013, the draft Feasibility Study. The draft Feasibility Study identified alternative remedial actions with estimated life-cycle costs ranging from $0.7 million to $3.4 million. We estimate that our portion of the potential costs range from $0.1 million to $0.5 million.

        Based on the current estimated costs of the various remedial alternatives now under consideration by the EPA, we have recorded a reserve of $0.2 million for the Company's share of remediation expenses at the Pond. This reserve is reported as an accrued expense on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        We believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation. Though the foregoing reflects the Company's current assessment as it relates to environmental remediation obligations, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

        We lease space for some of our manufacturing, sales and service operations with lease terms up to 10 years and use certain office equipment and automobiles under lease agreements expiring at various dates. Rent expense under these leases totaled $3.0 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

74


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        At December 31, 2012, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

Year
  Amounts  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 2,312  

2014

    1,385  

2015

    550  

2016

    297  

2017

    224  

Thereafter

     
       

Total

  $ 4,768  
       

        The Company has entered into written employment contracts with its executive officers. The currently effective term of the employment agreements is one year and the agreements contain an automatic, successive one-year extension unless either party provides the other with 60 days prior notice of termination. In the case of a change in control, as defined in the employment contracts, the term of each officer's employment will be automatically extended for a period of two years following the date of the change in control. These employment contracts also provide for severance payments in the event of specified termination of employment, the amount of which is increased upon certain termination events to the extent such events occur within a twelve month period following a change in control.


13. Shareholders' Equity

Common Shares Outstanding

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company has 20,000,000 common shares of stock authorized and 12,472,992 shares issued. On December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we had 11,732,714, 11,659,012 and 11,607,289 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively.

Treasury Shares

        The number of shares of common stock in treasury was as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Balance at beginning of period

    813,980     865,703     939,240  

Shares distributed/exercised

    (113,439 )   (72,171 )   (77,037 )

Shares purchased

    39,737     15,448      

Shares forfeited

        5,000     3,500  
               

Balance at end of period

    740,278     813,980     865,703  
               

75


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012


14. Earnings Per Share

        We calculate earnings per share using the two class method. Details of the calculations of earnings (loss) per share are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands
except per share data)

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share calculation:

                   

Net earnings (loss)

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ (5,234 )

Earnings allocated to participating securities

    (125 )   (162 )   (4 )
               

Net earnings (loss) applicable to common shareholders

  $ 17,730   $ 11,824   $ (5,238 )
               

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    11,557     11,463     11,409  
               

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.53   $ 1.03   $ (0.46 )
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation:

                   

Net earnings (loss)

  $ 17,855   $ 11,986   $ (5,234 )

Earnings allocated to participating securities

    (125 )   (162 )   (4 )
               

Net earnings (loss) applicable to common shareholders

  $ 17,730   $ 11,824   $ (5,238 )
               

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    11,557     11,463     11,409  

Assumed exercise of stock options

    24     25      

Assumed satisfaction of restricted stock conditions

    15     1      

Assumed satisfaction of performance share conditions

        59      
               

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

    11,596     11,548     11,409  
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.53   $ 1.02   $ (0.46 )
               

        145,262, 161,299 and 150,262 shares of certain stock-based awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as they were anti-dilutive.


15. Stock Based Compensation

        On May 3, 2011, our shareholders approved the 2011 Incentive Stock Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan's purpose is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders by attracting, retaining, and motivating officers and other key employees who make important contributions to the success of the Company. The Plan reserves 750,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the "Authorized Plan Amount") to be issued for grants of several different types of incentives including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock incentives, and performance share incentives. Any shares of Common Stock granted under options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount on a one-for-one basis and any shares of Common Stock granted as awards other than options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount as two (2) shares of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock subject to such award. Authorized and issued shares of Common Stock

76


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

15. Stock Based Compensation (Continued)

or previously issued shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company for purposes of the Plan may be issued under the Plan.

        Our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan authorized various long-term incentives (the "2002 Plan"). Subsequent to May 3, 2011, no grants have or will be made under the 2002 Plan. However, all outstanding awards and grants under the 2002 Plan will remain in effect until the end of the corresponding terms of such awards and grants.

        All of our stock-based compensation to employees is recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the fair value at the grant date of the award. These non-cash compensation costs were included in the depreciation and amortization amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

        A summary of stock-based compensation expense is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Restricted stock/unit awards ("RSA")

  $ 421   $ 553   $ 539  

Performance share incentives ("PSI")

    241     191      

Stock options

        32     35  
               

  $ 662   $ 776   $ 574  
               

        Restricted stock/unit awards, performance share incentives and stock options are the only award types currently outstanding. Restricted stock/unit awards and performance share incentives are discussed below. Stock option activity is not significant.

    Restricted Stock/Unit Awards

        We award restricted stock/units (the "RSA") to employees. RSAs vest at the end of the service period and are subject to forfeiture as well as transfer restrictions. During the vesting period, the RSAs are held by the Company and the recipients are entitled to exercise rights pertaining to such shares, including the right to vote such shares. Recipients of RSAs awarded under the 2002 Plan have non-forfeitable rights to receive cash dividends as any other common stock holders.

        The RSAs are valued based on the closing market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. The total deferred compensation associated with the RSAs awarded in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The deferred compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the specified service period, which ranges from three to six years for all outstanding RSAs.

77


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

15. Stock Based Compensation (Continued)

        All outstanding RSAs are unvested. A summary of the RSA activity is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Outstanding at beginning of period

    264,640     247,840     184,500  

Awarded

    70,500     63,800     70,340  

Vested

    (111,300 )   (42,000 )   (3,500 )

Cancelled or forfeited

    (11,500 )   (5,000 )   (3,500 )
               

Outstanding at end of period

    212,340     264,640     247,840  
               

Unamortized deferred compensation cost (in millions)

  $ 0.9   $ 0.9   $ 0.8  

    Performance Share Incentives

        We award performance share incentives ("PSI") to employees. PSIs are expressed as shares of the Company's common stock. They are earned only if the Company meets specific performance targets over the specified performance period. During this period, PSI recipients have no voting rights. When we declare dividends, such dividends are deemed to be paid to the recipients. We withhold and accumulate the deemed dividends until such point that the PSIs are earned. If the PSIs are not earned, the accrued dividends are forfeited. The payment of PSIs can be in cash, or in the Company's common stock, or a combination of the two, at the discretion of the Company. The PSIs were first awarded to employees in 2011.

        All outstanding PSIs are unvested. A summary of the PSI activity is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Outstanding at beginning of period

    54,000      

Awarded

    52,500     54,000  

Cancelled or forfeited

    (4,000 )    
           

Outstanding at end of period

    102,500     54,000  
           

        The PSIs are valued based on the closing market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. The total deferred compensation associated with the PSIs awarded in 2012 and 2011 was $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The deferred compensation is being recognized into earnings based on the passage of time and achievement of performance targets. The performance period of the 2012 awards starts on January 1, 2013, and, as such, we did not record any 2012 expense associated with this grant.

78


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012


16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        Balances of the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of accumulated tax effect, are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $ 36,830   $ 32,340  

Retirement plans related adjustments

    (62,375 )   (53,969 )

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

    36     (504 )
           

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ (25,509 ) $ (22,133 )
           


17. Acquisitions

Acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc.

        On December 20, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Usach Technologies, Inc. ("Usach"), an Illinois based manufacturer of high precision grinding machines and systems, for $18.3 million. The purchase price was comprised of $11.3 million in cash and an earn-out provision valued at $7.0 million. The earn-out is based on the future economic performance of Usach as measured against certain minimum thresholds of earnings from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization through 2015. The maximum contractual earn-out is $7.5 million. The contingent liability associated with the earn-out is recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The results of operations of Usach have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. We expensed acquisition related costs of $0.3 million in 2012 and recorded it in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The acquisition of Usach is not considered significant to the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        The purchase price has been assigned to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values. The identifiable intangible assets acquired, which primarily consist of customer relationships, trade name and technical know-how, were valued using an income approach. The weighted average life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired was estimated at 16.4 years at the time of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill, which is not deductable for tax purposes. At December 31, 2012, the purchase price allocation is preliminary pending the finalization of the fair value of the net assets acquired.

79


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

17. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:

 
  December 20,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets Acquired

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,482  

Accounts receivable, net

    2,170  

Inventory, net

    5,167  

Other current assets

    788  

Property, plant and equipment

    62  

Trade name, customer list, and other intangible assets

    9,400  
       

Total assets acquired

    20,069  

Liabilities Assumed

       

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

    6,803  

Other non-current liabilities

    3,513  
       

Net assets acquired

    9,753  
       

Purchase price, including cash received

    18,250  
       

Goodwill

  $ 8,497  
       

Acquisition of the Assets of Jones & Shipman

        On April 7, 2010, the Company acquired certain assets of Jones and Shipman Precision Limited, a UK based manufacturer of grinding and super-abrasive machines and machining systems, for GBP 2.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) and established Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited ("J&S"), a UK based wholly-owned subsidiary. The results of operations of J&S have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. We expensed acquisition related costs of $0.3 million in 2010 and recorded it in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The acquisition of J&S is not considered significant to the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        The acquisition agreement contains provisions for a contingent purchase price payment based on sales target through March 31, 2014 with a maximum payment of GBP 0.3 million ($0.5 million equivalent). Based on the Company's forecasted revenue over this period, the fair value of this contingent purchase price was GBP 0.3 million ($0.5 million equivalent) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This contingent liability is recorded in accrued expense on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        The purchase price has been assigned to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values. The weighted average life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired was estimated at 6.6 years at the time of acquisition. The fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase price; accordingly, a gain of GBP 0.4 million (approximately $0.6 million) was recorded in 2010 within other expense (income) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

80


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

17. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The allocation of purchase price to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets Acquired

       

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 2,778  

Inventory

    3,712  

Property, plant and equipment

    452  

Other assets

    399  

Trade name and other intangible assets

    346  
       

Total assets acquired

  $ 7,687  
       

Liabilities Assumed

       

Account payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    4,026  
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 3,661  
       


18. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

        Summarized quarterly financial information for 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 
  Quarter  
 
  First   Second   Third   Fourth  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

2012

                         

Sales

  $ 74,650   $ 86,320   $ 82,883   $ 90,560  

Gross profit

    21,189     23,972     23,994     27,682  

Income from operations

    3,388     4,838     5,311     6,545  

Net income

    2,443     3,640     4,020     7,752  

Basic earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,524     11,562     11,567     11,574  

Earnings per share

  $ 0.21   $ 0.31   $ 0.35   $ 0.67  

Diluted earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,557     11,600     11,606     11,619  

Earnings per share

  $ 0.21   $ 0.31   $ 0.34   $ 0.66  

81


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

18. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Continued)

 

 
  Quarter  
 
  First   Second   Third   Fourth  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

2011

                         

Sales

  $ 73,482   $ 86,656   $ 90,389   $ 91,046  

Gross profit

    19,076     23,303     25,549     23,100  

Income from operations

    2,251     4,375     6,327     3,644  

Net income

    1,381     3,113     4,250     3,242  

Basic earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,450     11,467     11,467     11,467  

Earnings per share

  $ 0.12   $ 0.27   $ 0.37   $ 0.28  

Diluted earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,476     11,495     11,533     11,552  

Earnings per share

  $ 0.12   $ 0.27   $ 0.36   $ 0.28  

        Due to the changes in outstanding shares from quarter to quarter, the total earnings per share of the four quarters may not necessarily equal the earnings per share for the year.


19. New Accounting Standards

        In May 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued authoritative guidance to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. This pronouncement changes certain fair value measurement guidance and expands certain disclosure requirements. We adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In June 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that requires companies to present items of net income, items of other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholder's equity. We adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2012. Except for the new presentation requirement, the adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to defer the changes related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This is to allow the FASB time to consider whether such adjustments should be presented on the face of the financial statements for all periods presented. We adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that requires companies to report, in one place, information about reclassification of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income. We will adopt this pronouncement on January 1, 2013. We do not expect that adoption of this

82


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2012

19. New Accounting Standards (Continued)

pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the presentation of netting assets and liabilities as a single amount in the balance sheet. This pronouncement amends and expands current disclosure requirements on offsetting and requires companies to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements. This pronouncement is effective for our fiscal year that begins January 1, 2013 and is to be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In July 2012, the FASB issued amendment to its guidance on testing indefinitely-lived intangible assets for impairment. This pronouncement provides an option for companies to use a qualitative approach to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment if certain conditions are met. This pronouncement is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this pronouncement in 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In September 2011, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance relating to testing goodwill for impairment. The amendments provide the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. We adopted this pronouncement in 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

83


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.—CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None

ITEM 9A.—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Management's Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness as of December 31, 2012 of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        Based upon this evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        The management of Hardinge Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that it maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.

        Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.

Changes in Internal Control

        There have been no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

    /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

/s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

84


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries and our report dated March 13, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Rochester, New York
March 13, 2013

85


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.—DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Certain information required by this item such as: the identity of the Board of Directors and, those directors determined by the Board to be independent; the members of the Audit Committee, all of whom have been determined by the Board to be independent; the Audit Committee member determined by the Board to be the financial expert; and the Shareholders Nominating Procedures are all incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 27, 2013. Additional information required to be furnished by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is as follows:


List of Executive Officers of the Registrant

Name
  Age   Executive
Officer
Since
  Positions and Offices Held

Richard L. Simons

    57     2008   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since February 2012; President and Chief Executive Officer May 2008 - January 2012; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer March 2008 - May 2008; Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Carpenter Technology Corporation, July 2005 - February 2008; Executive Vice President of Hardinge Inc., April 2000 - July 2005. Member of the Board of Directors of Hardinge from 2001 - July 2005 and from May 2008 to present. Various other Company positions, 1983 - 2000.

Edward J. Gaio

   
59
   
2008
 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2008; Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, September 2006 - February 2008; Vice President, Finance of Agilysys, Inc., 2005 - July 2006; Vice President and Controller of Agilysys, Inc., 1999 - 2005.

James P. Langa

   
54
   
2009
 

Senior Vice President—Asia Operations since May 2011; Vice President—Global Engineering, Quality and Strategic Sourcing September 2008 - April 2011; Vice President/General Manager—North American Operations January, 2008 - September 2008; Vice President/General Manager North American Machine Operations, June 2007 - January 2008; Director, Original Equipment Sales & Marketing for Wellman Products Group (Division of Hawk Corporation) 2006 - 2007 and Focus Factory Manager for Wellman Products Group, 2005 - 2006.

Douglas C. Tifft

   
58
   
1988
 

Senior Vice President—Administration since April 2000; Vice President—Administration 1998 - 1999; Vice President—Employee Relations since 1988. Various other Company positions 1978 - 1988.

86


Table of Contents

CODE OF ETHICS

        Our Board of Directors adopted the Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and the Senior Financial Officers and the Code of Conduct for Directors and Executive Officers which supplement the Code of Conduct governing all employees and directors. A copy of all said Codes is available on our website at www.hardinge.com. We will also provide a copy of the said Codes to shareholders upon request. To obtain a copy of one or more of the Codes, please write to Manager of Reporting, Hardinge Inc., One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902. We will disclose future amendments to, or waivers from, the said Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers on our website within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

ITEM 11.—EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 27, 2013.

ITEM 12.—SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 27, 2013.

ITEM 13.—CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 27, 2013.

ITEM 14.—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 27, 2013.

87


Table of Contents


PART IV.

ITEM 15.—EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)

  (1)   Financial Statements:     The financial statements of the Registrant listed in ITEM 8. of this Report are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(2)

 

Financial Statement Schedules:     The financial statement schedules of the Registrant listed in ITEM 8. of Form 10-K as filed on March 27, 2013 are incorporated herein by reference. The financial statement schedule required by Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210) is filed as part of this report:

     

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information is provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes thereto.

 

(3)

 

Exhibits:     Exhibits filed as part of this Report: See (b)  below.

(b)

     

Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K filed as a part of this Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference as indicated.

 

Item   Description
  2.1   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 20, 2012, by and among Hardinge Inc., Giacomo Antonini and Bere Antonini.
        
  3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hardinge Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York on May 24, 1995, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
        
  3.2   Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hardinge Inc. Company, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2010.
        
  3.3   By-Laws of Hardinge Inc., incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
        
  4.1   Specimen of certificate for shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of Hardinge Inc., incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 1995.
        
  10.1   $3,000,000 Commercial Line of Credit Agreement dated August 26, 2009 between Hardinge Inc. and Chemung Canal Trust Company, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2009.
        
  10.2   Modification, and/or Reaffirmation of Commercial Loan Guaranty and Security Agreement dated December 24, 2012 between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank.
        
  10.3   Replacement Daily Adjusting LIBOR Revolving Line Note dated December 24, 2012 in the principal amount of $25,000,000 issued by Hardinge Inc. in favor of M&T Bank.
        
  10.4   Credit Agreement dated December 16, 2011 between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2011.
 
   

88


Table of Contents

Item   Description
  10.5   General Security Agreement dated December 16, 2011 by Hardinge Inc. in favor of M&T Bank incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
        
  10.6   Restated Pledge of Securities dated December 16, 2011 between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
        
  10.7   Negative Pledge Agreement dated December 16, 2011 by Hardinge Inc. and Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc. in favor of M&T Bank, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
        
  10.8   Post Closing Agreement dated December 16, 2011 by and among Hardinge Inc., Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc., and M&T Bank, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
        
  10.9   Credit Agreement dated August 20, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 7,500,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2009.
        
  10.10   Amendment Number One, dated December 10, 2009 to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 20, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 7,500,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2009.
        
  10.11   Amendment Number Two, dated August 31, 2010 to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 20, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 7,500,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2010.
        
  10.12   Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2010 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 6,000,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.
        
  10.13   Amendment Number One, dated August 31, 2010 to the Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2010 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2010.
        
  10.14   Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and UBS AG in the amount of CHF 7,000,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2009.
        
  10.15   Supplemental One dated August 10, 2010 to the Master Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and UBS AG, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2010.
        
  10.16   Credit Agreement dated December 20, 2011 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse AG in the amount of CHF 3,000,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
   

89


Table of Contents

Item   Description
  10.17   Credit Agreement dated July 26, 2011 between Hardinge Machine Tools B. V., Taiwan Branch and Mega International Commercial Bank Co, Ltd. in the amount of $12,000,000. incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.
        
  10.18   Loan Agreement dated August 31, 2011 between Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd. and China Construction Bank in the amount of CNY 25,000,000 incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.
        
  10.19   Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract dated December 20, 2012 between Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd. and China Construction Bank in the amount of CNY 34,189,000.
        
  10.20 * The 2002 Hardinge Inc. Incentive Stock Plan., incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2008.
        
  10.21 * The 2011 Hardinge Inc. Incentive Stock Plan, incorporate by reference from the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2011.
        
  10.22 * Hardinge Inc. Amended Cash Incentive Plan incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
        
  10.23 * Employment Agreement with Richard L. Simons dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.24 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with Richard L. Simons dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.25 * Employment Agreement with Edward J. Gaio dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.26 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with Edward J. Gaio dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.27 * Employment Agreement with James P. Langa dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.28 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with James P. Langa dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.29 * Employment Agreement with Douglas C. Tifft dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
 
   

90


Table of Contents

Item   Description
  10.30 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with Douglas C. Tifft dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.31 * Hardinge Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Pension Plan effective August 9, 2005, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
        
  10.32 * Form of Deferred Directors Fee Plan, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 (No. 33-91644).
        
  14   The Hardinge Inc. Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference from the Company's website at www.hardinge.com.
        
  21   Subsidiaries of the Company.
        
  23   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
        
  31.1   Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
        
  31.2   Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
        
  32   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
        
  101   XBRL Documents:
        
  101.INS ** XBRL Instance Document
        
  101.SCH ** XBRL Taxonomy Schema Document
        
  101.CAL ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
        
  101.LAB ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
        
  101.PRE ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
        
  101.DEF ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**
In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

91


Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

ITEM 15(a) Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
   
  Additions Charged to:    
   
 
 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  Costs &
Expenses
  Other
Accounts
  Deductions   Balance at
End of
Period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2012:

                               

Allowance for bad debts

  $ 2,750   $ 198   $ 28 (1) $ 695 (2) $ 2,281  

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    20,431     3,597     495 (1)   2,988     21,535  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

    62,995     922     2,904     9,123     57,698  
                       

Total

  $ 86,176   $ 4,717   $ 3,427   $ 12,806   $ 81,514  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2011:

                               

Allowance for bad debts

  $ 3,957   $ 364   $ 64 (1) $ 1,635 (2) $ 2,750  

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    25,834     2,789     188 (1)   8,380     20,431  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

    53,533     2,773     6,689         62,995  
                       

Total

  $ 83,324   $ 5,926   $ 6,941   $ 10,015   $ 86,176  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2010:

                               

Allowance for bad debts

  $ 4,864   $ 961   $ 196 (1) $ 2,064 (2) $ 3,957  

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    24,159     4,698     1,870 (1)   4,893     25,834  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

    46,448     6,282     803         53,533  
                       

Total

  $ 75,471   $ 11,941   $ 2,869   $ 6,957   $ 83,324  
                       

(1)
Currency translation impact on balances recorded in foreign currencies.

(2)
Uncollectable accounts written off, net of recoveries.

92


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    HARDINGE INC.
(Registrant)

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

March 13, 2013   /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ DOUGLAS J. MALONE

Douglas J. Malone
Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ DANIEL J. BURKE

Daniel J. Burke
Director

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ DOUGLAS A. GREENLEE

Douglas A. Greenlee
Director

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ J. PHILIP HUNTER

J. Philip Hunter
Director and Secretary

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ ROBERT J. LEPOFSKY

Robert J. Lepofsky
Director

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ JOHN J. PERROTTI

John J. Perrotti
Director

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ MITCHELL I. QUAIN

Mitchell I. Quain
Director

March 13, 2013

 

/s/ R. TONY TRIPENY

R. Tony Tripeny
Director

93




Exhibit 2.1

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

HARDINGE INC.,

 

GIACOMO ANTONINI

 

AND

 

BERE ANTONINI

 

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 20, 2012

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1 THE TRANSACTION

1

 

 

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Sale and Purchase of Shares

1

1.3

Closing

1

1.4

Closing Payment

1

1.5

Purchase Price Adjustment

2

1.6

Contingent Purchase Price

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

5

 

 

2.1

Organization; Qualification

6

2.2

Authorization and Enforceability

6

2.3

No Violation of Laws or Agreements

6

2.4

Consents and Approvals

6

2.5

Shares; Capitalization

7

2.6

Subsidiaries and Investments

7

2.7

Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities

7

2.8

Books and Records

8

2.9

Title to Assets; Condition and Sufficiency

8

2.10

Real Property

9

2.11

Proceedings

10

2.12

Material Contracts

10

2.13

Labor

11

2.14

Transactions with Insiders

12

2.15

Intellectual Property

12

2.16

No Changes

14

2.17

Employee Benefits

14

2.18

Tax Matters

16

2.19

Insurance

17

2.20

Environmental and Safety Matters

18

2.21

Product Warranty

20

2.22

Product Liability

20

2.23

Notes and Accounts Receivables

20

2.24

Customers and Suppliers

20

2.25

Finder’s Fees

21

2.26

Compliance with Laws; Permits

21

2.27

Anti-Corruption Compliance

22

2.28

Banking Relationships

22

2.29

Disclosure

22

 

i



 

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

22

 

 

3.1

Organization; Corporate Power and Authority; Authorization

22

3.2

No Violation of Laws or Agreements

23

3.3

Consents and Approvals

23

3.4

Investor Representations

23

3.5

Finder’s Fees

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 CERTAIN COVENANTS

23

 

 

4.1

Conduct of Business Pending Closing

23

4.2

Confidentiality

25

4.3

Further Assurances

25

4.4

Consents

25

4.5

Additional Tax Matters

25

4.6

Exclusivity

27

4.7

Consummation of Closing

27

4.8

Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation

27

4.9

Notice of Developments

28

4.10

Waiver

28

4.11

Employment Agreement

29

4.12

Replacement Lease

29

4.13

Insider and Employee Accounts

29

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

 29

 

 

5.1

Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Buyer

29

5.2

Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Sellers

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 CLOSING DELIVERIES AND ACTIONS

 31

 

 

6.1

Sellers’ Deliveries

31

6.2

Buyer’s Deliveries

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

 31

 

 

7.1

Survival of Representations

31

7.2

Indemnification by Sellers

32

7.3

Indemnification by Buyer

32

7.4

Notice of Claims

33

7.5

Limits on Indemnification

33

7.6

Special Inventory Indemnification

33

7.7

Knowledge and Investigation

33

7.8

Exclusive Remedies

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS

 34

 

 

8.1

Termination

34

 

ii



 

8.2

Construction

35

8.3

Notices

35

8.4

Expenses

36

8.5

Public Announcements

36

8.6

Assignment

37

8.7

Governing Law

37

8.8

Waiver of Jury Trial

37

8.9

Specific Performance

37

8.10

Amendment

37

8.11

Waiver

37

8.12

Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

38

8.13

Severability

38

8.14

Counterparts

38

8.15

Jurisdiction; Service of Process

38

 

 

 

APPENDIX A - DEFINITIIONS

 A-1

 

iii



 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of December 20, 2012, by and among Hardinge Inc., a New York corporation ( “Buyer” ), Giacomo Antonini ( “Mr. Antonini” ) and Bere Antonini ( “Mrs. Antonini” and, together with Mr. Antonini, each a “Seller” and collectively, “Sellers” ).  Buyer and Sellers are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.”

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Sellers own all of the outstanding capital stock of Usach Technologies, Inc., an Illinois corporation (the Company ); and

 

B.                                     Sellers desire to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Sellers, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements, and subject to the terms and conditions, contained herein, the Parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

Article 1

 

THE TRANSACTION

 

1.1                                Definitions .  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in Appendix A attached hereto.

 

1.2                                Sale and Purchase of Shares .  At the Closing, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Sellers shall sell, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Sellers, good and valid title to, free of all Encumbrances, the Shares.  In full consideration for all of the Shares and Sellers’ performance of all of their obligations under this Agreement, Buyer will pay a purchase price equal to the sum of (i) $10,500,000 (the Base Purchase Price ) and (ii) the Contingent Purchase Price, subject to all adjustments provided for in this Agreement (collectively, the “Purchase Price” ).

 

1.3                                Closing .  Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in this Agreement, the closing of the sale and purchase of the Shares (the “Closing” ) shall take place at 10:00 a.m. local time at the offices of Phillips Lytle LLP, 3400 HSBC Center, Buffalo, New York 14203, on December 20, 2012 or such other date as is mutually agreed to by the Parties in writing.  The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “Closing Date” .  At the Closing, the Parties shall make the deliveries and take the other actions specified in Article 6 .

 

1.4                                Closing Payment .  At the Closing, Buyer shall pay the Base Purchase Price (plus or minus the Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment) to Sellers by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

 

1



 

1.5                                Purchase Price Adjustment .

 

(a)                            Purchase Price Adjustment .  The Base Purchase Price shall be (i) increased by an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Closing Date Net Working Capital over the Target Net Working Capital; (ii) decreased by an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Target Net Working Capital over the Closing Date Net Working Capital; (iii) decreased by an amount equal to the Closing Date Indebtedness; (iv) decreased by the amount of the Closing Date Unapplied Customer Deposits; and (v) increased by an amount equal to the Closing Date Cash; all such amounts being calculated as of the Closing in accordance with the methodology set forth in Schedule 1.5(a)  (collectively, the “Purchase Price Adjustment” ).

 

(b)                            Pre-Closing Estimate .  Not less than three (3) business days prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shall deliver to Buyer their good faith estimate of Current Assets, Current Liabilities, Cash, Indebtedness and Customer Deposits, in each case as of the Closing, and their calculation, on the basis of such estimates, of the estimated Purchase Price Adjustment (the “Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment” ). The Buyer’s approval and acceptance of the Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment as proposed by Sellers shall be a condition to Buyer’s obligation to consummate the Closing.  The final determination of the Purchase Price Adjustment shall be made following the Closing in the manner set forth in Section 1.5(c) .  Sellers’ will use their best efforts to cause Closing Date Cash (i) not to be less than Closing Date Unapplied Customer Deposits and (ii) not to exceed Closing Date Unapplied Customer Deposits by more than $200,000.

 

(c)                             Post-Closing Determination

 

(1)                                  No later than sixty (60) days following the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Sellers a schedule setting forth Buyer’s calculation of the Purchase Price Adjustment, as determined in accordance with Section 1.5(a)  (the “Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule” ) and shall deliver to Sellers all work papers used in preparing the Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule.  Sellers and their representatives shall have access to the books and records of the Company in order to review the Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule.

 

(2)                                  If Sellers disagree with the computation of the Purchase Price Adjustment shown on the Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule, Sellers may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule, deliver a notice (an “Objection Notice” ) to Buyer setting forth Sellers’ calculation of the Purchase Price Adjustment.  If Sellers do not deliver an Objection Notice within such thirty (30) day period, then the Purchase Price Adjustment shall be deemed finally determined to be as set forth on the Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule.

 

(3)                                  Buyer and Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any disagreements as to the computation of the Purchase Price Adjustment set forth in the Objection Notice, if any, but if they do not obtain a final resolution within fifteen (15) days after Buyer has received the Objection Notice (or such longer period to which Buyer and Sellers may agree in writing), Buyer and Sellers will jointly retain Crowe Horwath LLP (the “Firm” ) to resolve any remaining disagreements.  Buyer and Sellers will direct the Firm to render a

 

2



 

determination within sixty (60) days after its retention and Buyer, Sellers and their respective agents will cooperate with the Firm during its engagement.  The Firm will consider only those items and amounts in the Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule set forth in the Objection Notice which Buyer and Sellers are unable to resolve.  Buyer, on the one hand, and Sellers, on the other hand, shall each make written submissions to the Firm promptly (and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the Firm’s engagement), which submissions shall contain such Party’s computation of the Purchase Price Adjustment and information, arguments and support for such Party’s position, as such Party may elect to offer.  The Firm’s determination will be based on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the definitions set forth in Appendix A and the methodology set forth in Schedule 1.5(a) . The Firm shall review such submissions and shall perform such procedures as it deems appropriate in making its determination.  In resolving any disputed item, the Firm may not assign a value to any item greater than the highest value for such item claimed by either Party or less than the lowest value for such item claimed by either Party.  The determination of the Firm will be conclusive and binding upon, and non-appealable by, the Parties.  Buyer shall bear the costs and expenses of the Firm based on the percentage of the contested amount awarded to Sellers.  Likewise, Sellers shall bear the costs and expenses of the Firm based on the percentage of the contested amount awarded to Buyer.

 

(d)                            Payment of Purchase Price Adjustment .  If the final Purchase Price Adjustment determined pursuant to Section 1.5(c)  exceeds the Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment, Buyer shall pay such excess to Sellers.  If the Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment exceeds the final Purchase Price Adjustment determined pursuant to Section 1.5(c) , Sellers shall pay such excess to Buyer.  All payments to be made pursuant to this Section 1.5(d)  shall be made within five (5) business days after the final determination of the Purchase Price Adjustment, by wire transfer or delivery of other immediately available funds.

 

(e)                             Dispute .  If, pursuant to Section 1.5(c)  above, there is a dispute as to the final determination of the Purchase Price Adjustment, Buyer and Sellers shall promptly pay to the other, as appropriate, such amounts as are not in dispute, pending final determination of such dispute pursuant to Section 1.5(c) .

 

(f)                                    No Double Recovery .  For the avoidance of doubt, (i) Buyer Damages will not include any item to the extent such item is reflected in the Purchase Price Adjustment as a Current Liability or Closing Date Indebtedness, and (ii) Seller Damages will not include any item to the extent such item is reflected in the Purchase Price Adjustment as Inventory, Accounts Receivable or Closing Date Cash.

 

1.6                                Contingent Purchase Price .

 

(a)                            EBITDA-Based Opportunity .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 1.6 , Buyer will pay to Sellers additional purchase price (“ Contingent Purchase Price ”) if the Company’s EBITDA for the calendar years 2013, 2014 and 2015 (the “ Earn-Out Years ”) equals or exceeds the targets specified herein for the Earn-Out Years.  For purposes of this Schedule 1.6 , the Company’s EBITDA will be determined in accordance with the methodologies and definitions specified in Schedule 1.6 .

 

3



 

(b)                            Annual EBITDA Statement .  Not later than April 1 of any year following an Earn-Out Year, Buyer shall deliver to Sellers a statement (the “ EBITDA Statement ”) setting forth Buyer’s determination of the Company’s EBITDA for such Earn-Out Year.  Sellers and their representatives will have access to the books and records of the Company in order to review an EBITDA Statement.  If Sellers disagree with an EBITDA Statement, Sellers may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the EBITDA Statement, deliver a notice (an “ Earn-Out Objection Notice ”) to Buyer setting forth Sellers’ calculation of the Company’s EBITDA for the applicable Earn-Out Year.  If Sellers do not deliver an Earn-Out Objection Notice within such thirty (30) day period, then the Company’s EBITDA for the Earn-Out Year covered by the EBITDA Statement shall be deemed to be finally determined by the EBITDA Statement.

 

(c)                             Dispute Resolution .  If Sellers timely deliver an Earn-Out Objection Notice, Buyer and Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the disagreements as set forth in such Earn-Out Objection Notice, but if they do not obtain a final resolution within fifteen (15) days after Buyer has received the Earn Out Objection Notice (or such longer period to which Buyer and Sellers agree in writing), Buyer and Sellers will jointly retain the Firm to resolve any remaining disagreements.  Buyer and Sellers will direct the Firm to render a determination within sixty (60) days after its retention, and Buyer, Sellers and their respective agents will cooperate with the Firm during its engagement.  The Firm will consider only those items and amounts in the EBITDA Statement which are contested in the Earn-Out Objection Notice and which the Parties are unable to resolve.  Buyer, on the one hand, and Sellers, on the other hand, shall each make written a submission to the Firm promptly (and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the Firm’s engagement), which submissions shall contain such Party’s computation of the Company’s EBITDA for the applicable Earn-Out Year and information, arguments and support for such Party’s position as such Party may elect to offer.  The Firm’s determination will be based on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the definitions set forth in Appendix A and the methodology set forth in Schedule 1.6 .  The Firm shall review such submissions and shall perform such procedures as it deems appropriate in making its determinations.  In resolving any disputed item, the Firm may not assign a value to any item greater than the highest value for such item claimed by either Party or less than the lowest value for such item claimed by either Party.  The determination of the Firm will be final, conclusive and binding upon, and non-appealable by, the Parties.  Buyer and Sellers shall each pay one-half of the Firm’s expenses.

 

(d)                            Contingent Purchase Price Formula .  Buyer will pay Contingent Purchase Price to Sellers in respect of an Earn-Out Year if the Company’s EBITDA, as finally determined pursuant to Section 1.6(b)  or 1.6(c) , exceeds the applicable minimum EBITDA for such Earn-Out Year.  The minimum EBITDA for each Earn-Out year is as follows:

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

$

2,703,000

 

$

2,974,000

 

$

3,271,000

 

 

4



 

If the Company’s EBITDA for an Earn-Out Year exceeds the minimum EBITDA for the year, then the Sellers shall be paid as Contingent Purchase Price an amount equal to the product of (i) such excess EBITDA over the minimum and (ii) the following multiple:

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2.025

 

1.0125

 

.90

 

 

(e)                             Payment .  Within five (5) days after final determination of the Company’s EBITDA for an Earn-Out Year, Buyer will pay to Sellers, in immediately available funds, the Contingent Purchase Price due, if any, in respect of such year, provided, however, that (i) $1,500,000 of the Contingent Purchase Price, if any, payable in respect of Earn-Out Year 2013, or the entire Contingent Purchase Price payable in respect of such year if less than $1,500,000 (“ Holdback Amount ”) will not be paid until August 31, 2014, and (ii) without limiting any other right or remedy available to Buyer, Buyer shall be entitled to set off Buyer Damages against any Contingent Purchase Price due to Sellers.  The Holdback Amount paid to Sellers on August 31, 2014 (less any set-off for Buyer Damages) shall include interest at the Six Month T-Bill Rate with interest commencing on the date that is five (5) days after final determination of the Company’s EBITDA for 2013.

 

(f)                              Contingent Purchase Price Cap .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the aggregate Contingent Purchase Price payable to Seller in respect of all Earn-Out Years will not exceed $7,500,000 (“ Maximum Contingent Purchase Price ”).

 

(g)                             Dispute .  If, pursuant to Section 1.6(c) above, there is a dispute as to the final determination of the Company’s EBITDA for any Earn-Out Year, Buyer shall promptly pay to Sellers the Contingent Purchase Price payable, if any, with respect to EBITDA not in dispute (less the Holdback Amount or any set-off for Buyer Damages, if applicable).

 

(h)                            Certain Changes During Earn-Out Years .  The Buyer agrees that, until the earlier of completion of Earn-Out Year 2015 or payment to Sellers of the Maximum Contingent Purchase Price, Buyer will not cause or permit any of the following events except with the prior written consent of the Sellers:  (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company with any Person other than Buyer or Affiliate of Buyer; (ii) any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person except to Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer; (iii) any sale or transfer of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of all such securities except to Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer; or (iv) any engaging by the Company in any business other than the Company’s Business.

 

Article 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF SELLERS

 

As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Sellers jointly and severally represent and warrant to Buyer as set forth in this Article 2 .  The representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in this Article 2 shall be

 

5



 

true and correct as of the date hereof and at and as of the Closing Date.  The representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in this Article 2 are made subject to the exceptions specified in the Disclosure Schedules, and, in order to simplify the disclosure process, any exception specified in a Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be specified in any other Disclosure Schedule where the applicability or relevance of such exception to the other Disclosure Schedule is obvious.

 

2.1                                Organization; Qualification Schedule 2.1 contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s full corporate name, each assumed name or trade name under which the Company conducts business (or has conducted business since the Company’s formation), its jurisdiction of incorporation, and each other jurisdiction in which it is duly authorized to do business as a foreign corporation.  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Illinois.  The Company has the corporate power and authority to operate, own and lease its properties, and carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation and is duly authorized to transact business in each jurisdiction where failure to do so would result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule 2.1 sets forth a complete and accurate copy of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws, as amended, of the Company, and a complete and accurate list of directors and officers of the Company.

 

2.2                                Authorization and Enforceability .  Each Seller has full and unrestricted right, power, capacity and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and each other agreement and instrument to be executed and delivered by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement (collectively with this Agreement, the “Seller Transaction Documents” ) to which such Seller is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Seller Transaction Documents by each Seller have been duly authorized by all necessary action.  This Agreement constitutes, and the other Seller Transaction Documents when executed will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Sellers enforceable against Sellers in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies or by equitable principles.

 

2.3                                No Violation of Laws or Agreements .  None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Seller Transaction Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the compliance with or fulfillment of their respective terms, conditions or provisions hereof or thereof by Sellers will directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time) (a) contravene any provision of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or bylaws, as amended, of the Company, (b) result in a breach of or constitute a default or an event of default under, require payment or accelerate any rights or obligations under any of the terms of or result in or give rise to a right of termination or the loss of any right under any Contract, or any license or permit to which any Seller or the Company are a party or by which any Seller’s or the Company’s Assets or properties are bound, (c) violate any Applicable Law or Applicable Order to which any Seller or the Company is subject or (d) result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to the Shares or the Assets.

 

2.4                                Consents and Approvals .  Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 2.4 , the execution, delivery and performance by Sellers of this Agreement and the other Seller

 

6


 

Transaction Documents do not require any consent, approval, authorization or order of, action by, filing with, or notification to, any Person.

 

2.5                                Shares; Capitalization .

 

(a)                            The authorized capital stock of the Company consists solely of 1,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share.  The outstanding capital stock of the Company consists solely of 100 shares of common stock (the Shares ) all of which are owned of record and beneficially by Mr. Antonini and Mrs. Antonini as joint owners with rights of survivorship.

 

(b)                            Sellers hold the exclusive right and power to vote the Shares.  The Shares are owned by Sellers free and clear of any and all Encumbrances.  Upon delivery of the Shares under this Agreement, Buyer will acquire good, valid and legal title to the Shares, free and clear of any Encumbrances. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, preemptive rights, exchange rights, appreciation rights, phantom stock or other rights to acquire from Sellers or the Company any of the Shares or any other shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company.  The Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The Shares were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.  No capital stock of the Company has been issued in violation of any Applicable Law or of preemptive or similar rights.

 

2.6                                Subsidiaries and Investments .  The Company does not own any equity or other interest in any other Person, nor does the Company have any right to acquire any equity or other interest in any other Person.

 

2.7                                Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)                            Attached hereto as Schedule 2.7(a)  are (i) the balance sheets of the Company as of September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and compiled statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the fiscal years then ended.

 

(b)                            For purposes of this Agreement, “Financial Statements” means the financial statements attached hereto as Schedule 2.7(a) .  The Financial Statements are fairly present in all material aspects the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates and for the relevant periods indicated.  The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied except as disclosed on Schedule 2.7(b) .

 

(c)                                   All references in this Agreement to “Balance Sheet” shall mean the Company’s balance sheet dated September 30, 2012, attached hereto in Schedule 2.7(a) , and “Balance Sheet Date” shall mean September 30, 2012.  Except for (i) liabilities to the extent reflected on the Balance Sheet, (ii) liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business that are paid prior to the Closing Date or included as Current Liabilities or Indebtedness in the computation of the Purchase Price Adjustment, and (iii) liabilities set forth on Schedule 2.7(c) , the Company does not have any liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether known, unknown, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) that would be required to be disclosed on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

7



 

(d)                            To the Sellers’ Knowledge, since the Balance Sheet Date, there has not been any material adverse change in the business, operations, Assets or condition of the Company and no event has occurred or circumstance exists that will result in such a material adverse change.

 

2.8                                Books and Records .  The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of the Company, all of which have been made available to Buyer, are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices.  At the Closing, all of such books and records will be in the possession of the Company.

 

2.9                                Title to Assets; Condition and Sufficiency .

 

(a)                            The Company owns good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of the assets used in the conduct of its business, reflected on the Balance Sheet, or purported to be owned by the Company (including all real, personal, or mixed assets and whether intangible or tangible) (collectively, the “Assets” ).  The Assets are not subject to any security interest, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, lien, charge, restriction or encumbrance ( “Encumbrance” ), except for (a) liens for Taxes not yet due, (b) statutory liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen occurring in the Ordinary Course of Business for sums not yet due, (c) liens set forth on Schedule 2.9(a) , and (d) Encumbrances disclosed in the notes to the Financial Statements for the year ended September 30, 2012.

 

(b)                            Schedule 2.9(b)  includes an accurate and complete list of all equipment owned by the Company and having an individual book value in excess of $10,000.  Schedule 2.9(b)  also sets forth an accurate and complete list of each lease of equipment having aggregate minimum lease payments in excess of $10,000 annually binding upon the Company.  Each such equipment lease is a valid and binding agreement of the Company and is in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, any other party thereto, is in material default or breach under the terms of any such equipment lease, and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of material default under any equipment lease.  The Company has made available to the Buyer correct and complete copies of any and all such equipment leases.

 

(c)                             Except as set forth on Schedule 2.9(c) , to Sellers’ Knowledge, the tangible property included in the Assets is structurally sound, in good operating condition and repair, and is adequate for the uses to which it is being put and none of such tangible property is in need of maintenance or repairs, except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost.

 

(d)                            To the Sellers’ Knowledge, the Assets are sufficient for the continued conduct of the business of the Company after the Closing in substantially the same manner as is conducted prior to the Closing, noncompliance with which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8



 

(e)                             The Inventory of the Company consists of raw materials and supplies, manufactured and purchased parts, goods in process, and finished goods, all of which (except as shown on Schedule 2.9(e) ) is usable or saleable in the Ordinary Course of Business, and none of which is obsolete, subject only to the reserve for inventory writedown set forth on the face of the Balance Sheet as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date.

 

2.10                         Real Property .

 

(a)                            Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10(a)  the Company does not currently possess, nor has ever possessed, an ownership or leasehold interest in, or otherwise occupied, any real property.  The Company is not a party to any agreement or option to purchase any real property or any interest therein.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 2.10(b)  describes all of the real property that is currently used in the conduct of any Company’s businesses (the “Leased Real Property” ).  The Company has a valid and existing leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property pursuant to a written lease, a true and complete copy of which has been previously delivered to Buyer.

 

(c)                             Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10(c)  the Company is the sole occupant and user of the Leased Real Property.  The Company has not leased, sub-leased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy the Leased Real Property or any portion thereof, except as described on Schedule 2.10(c) .  The Company has not collaterally assigned or granted any Encumbrance in the underlying lease for the Leased Real Property, except as described on Schedule 2.10(c) .

 

(d)                            All buildings, structures, fixtures, building systems, and components thereof on or serving the Leased Real Property (the “ Improvements ”) are in good operating condition and repair and sufficient for the operation of the Company’s businesses.  There are no structural deficiencies or latent defects affecting any of the Improvements and there are no facts or conditions affecting any of the Improvements which would, individually or in the aggregate, prevent the use or the occupancy of the Improvements or in the operation of the Company’s business.

 

(e)                             The current use and occupancy of the Leased Real Property do not violate any Applicable Laws.  Neither the Company nor any Seller has received written notice of any violation of any Applicable Laws with respect to its occupancy of the Leased Real Property.

 

(f)                                    There is no condemnation, expropriation or other proceeding in eminent domain , pending, or to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened, affecting the Leased Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein.

 

(g)                             All certificates of occupancy, permits, licenses, franchises, approvals and authorizations of all Governmental Authorities or any other Person having jurisdiction over the Leased Real Property which are required for the Company’s use or occupancy of the Leased Real Properties have been issued and are in full force and effect.  Neither the Company nor any Seller has received written notice from any Governmental Authority or any other Person having

 

9



 

jurisdiction over the Leased Real Property threatening a suspension, revocation, modification or cancellation of any such certificate, permit, license, franchise, approval or authorization.

 

(h)                            The lease pursuant to which the Company occupies the Leased Real Property is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  No party is in breach or default, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, under such lease.  Such lease will be terminated upon the Closing and, upon such termination, the Company will have no further liability or obligation thereunder.

 

2.11                         Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(a) , there are no pending Proceedings to which the Company is a party, or which otherwise relate to or may have an effect on the Company, the Assets or the Shares.

 

(b)                            No Proceeding is being threatened by the Company against any other Person, and to Sellers’ Knowledge, no other Person is threatening any Proceeding against the Company, or which otherwise relates to or may have an effect on the Company, the Assets or the Shares.

 

(c)                                   No Seller nor the Company is a party to any outstanding judgments, decrees or orders of any Governmental Authority.

 

(d)                                  Schedule 2.11(d)  sets forth all Proceedings resolved by the Company or any Seller (with respect to the Company, the Shares or the Assets) since January 1, 2008, including resolutions by judgment, dismissal, settlement or otherwise.

 

2.12                         Material Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 2.12(a)  lists each of the following outstanding executory Contracts (such Contracts, whether listed on Schedule 2.12(a)  or required to be listed on Schedule 2.12(a) , being “Material Contracts” ):

 

(1)                                  each Contract or related series of Contracts to which the Company is a party that cannot be cancelled by the Company on thirty (30) days’ notice or less without penalty or further payment and under the terms of which the Company (A) is likely to pay or otherwise give consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of such Contract or (B) is likely to be entitled to receive consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of the Contract;

 

(2)                                  all Contracts pursuant to which the Company has granted a power of attorney or appointed an agent;

 

(3)                                  all Contracts between the Company and any of its employees, including, but not limited to, all collective bargaining agreements;

 

10



 

(4)                                  all Contracts between the Company and any Governmental Authority;

 

(5)                                  all Contracts relating to the use, occupancy, management or operation of the Leased Real Property;

 

(6)                                  all Contracts concerning a partnership, joint venture or sharing of profits and losses between the Company and any other Person;

 

(7)                                  all Contracts pursuant to which the Company or any Insider has agreed to refrain from engaging in competition with any other Person;

 

(8)                                  all Contracts under which the Company has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed any Indebtedness;

 

(9)                                  all Contracts under which the Company has advanced or loaned any amounts to any other Person;

 

(10)                           all Contracts between the Company and any Insider;

 

(11)                           all Contracts under which the consequences of a default or termination would have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(b)                            Each Material Contract is in full force and effect, valid and binding on, and enforceable by, the Company, and, is valid and binding on the other party or parties thereto.  The Company is not and, except as set forth on Schedule 2.12(b) , to any Sellers’ Knowledge, no other party to any Material Contract is, in breach of, or default under, in any material respect, any Material Contract.

 

(c)                             Sellers have heretofore delivered to Buyer true and complete copies of all written Material Contracts.

 

(d)                            To Seller’s Knowledge, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may contravene, conflict with, or result in a material violation or material breach of, or give the Company or any other Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify any Material Contract.

 

(e)                             Except as described on Schedule 2.12(e) , the sale and purchase of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement will not constitute a breach of or default under any Material Contract and will not create any right of any Person to terminate, suspend or modify any Material Contract.

 

2.13                         Labor .

 

(a)                             The Company is not, nor has ever been, a party to or subject to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to its employees, and no labor union or other

 

11



 

collective bargaining unit represents any of the Company’s employees.  To Sellers’ Knowledge, there is no union campaign being conducted to represent any of the Company’s employees and no application has been filed for certification of a collective bargaining agent.  Since January 1, 2008, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, the Company has complied in all respects with all Applicable Laws relating to the employment of labor, including, but not limited to, those related to wages, hours, collective bargaining, and discrimination, and the Company has not received any written notice alleging that it has failed to comply with any such Applicable Laws within the preceding five years.  Since January 1, 2008, no Seller nor the Company has received written notice that there are any controversies, disputes or proceedings pending between the Company and any employee of the Company, and to Sellers’ Knowledge, the Company has not received any threat of a controversy, dispute or proceeding, between the Company and any employee.  No current management-level employee has given notice to the Company of his or her intention to terminate employment with the Company.

 

(b)                            Schedule 2.13(b)  contains a complete and accurate list of the following information for each current employee of the Company, including each employee on leave of absence or layoff status: name; job title; current compensation pay or payable and any change in compensation since January 1, 2012; vacation accrued; and service credited for purposes of vesting and eligibility to participate under any Employee Benefit Plan.

 

(c)                             To Sellers’ Knowledge, no employee of the Company is barred by any Contract or other requirement that purports to limit the ability of such employee to perform any services for or on behalf of the Company or to assign to the Company any Intellectual Property Right.

 

2.14                         Transactions with Insiders .  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.14 , no Insider is a party to any Contract with the Company nor has any interest in any of the Assets.

 

2.15                         Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                            The Company owns, licenses or otherwise has the right to use, free and clear of all Encumbrances, the Intellectual Property Rights necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company as currently conducted (collectively, the “Company IP Rights” ).  Schedule 2.15(a)  sets forth a list of all issued patents and patent applications, all registered, applied-for and unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names, logos, copyright registrations and applications, Internet domain names, and where applicable, the registration and application number(s) and all jurisdictions in which such items are registered or applied for.

 

(b)                            There is not pending against the Company any Proceeding contesting the use, validity or ownership of any Company IP Right, or alleging that the Company is infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property Rights of a Person.  To the Sellers’ Knowledge, the conduct of the business of the Company as currently conducted does not infringe or misuse any Intellectual Property Rights of any Person.

 

12



 

(c)                             No Company IP Right that is the subject of an application or registration has been canceled, abandoned, adjudicated invalid or otherwise terminated, and all renewal and other maintenance fees in respect of the Company IP Rights have been duly paid.

 

(d)                            Schedule 2.15(a)  sets forth a full list of all licenses and agreements, other than agreements for shrink-wrap, click-wrap, and other licenses for “off-the-shelf” software, pursuant to which the Company is authorized to use any Intellectual Property Rights of any Person or pursuant to which any Person is authorized to use, sell, distribute or license any Company IP Rights, copies of which have been delivered to Buyer (collectively, the “Company IP Agreements” ).  The Company is not in default under any Company IP Agreement.

 

(e)                             All intellectual property necessary to the operation of the business of the Company that was developed by any employee of the Company has been duly and validly assigned to the Company, and no Insider or other Person owns or holds, directly or indirectly, any interest in any of the Company IP Rights.

 

(f)                              No Contract to which the Company is a party restricts in any manner (including in regard to any class or type of customer, in any geographic area or during any period of time) the Company IP Rights, or requires payment to a third party in order for the Company to exercise, use, modify, maintain, support, transfer, license, distribute or enforce any Company IP Rights.

 

(g)                             To Sellers’ Knowledge, the Company has taken all reasonable measures to safeguard and maintain the confidentiality and value of the trade secrets and all other confidential processes, procedures, models, modules, business methods, know-how, data and other confidential information, data and materials owned or licensed by the Company.

 

(h)                            The software, hardware, networks and communications facilities used by the Company (collectively, “Systems” ) are reasonably sufficient for the operation of the business as currently conducted, and the Company has arranged for back-up services adequate to meet its needs in the event the performance of any of the Systems or any material component thereof is rendered terminated or permanently inoperative or is permanently impeded or degraded due to any natural disaster or other event outside the reasonable control of the Company.

 

(i)                                Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15(i) :

 

(1)                                  The Company is not in material breach of or material default under any Company IP Agreement, and to Seller’s Knowledge, no event exists that would give rise to any right of notice, modification, acceleration, payment, cancellation or termination under, or in any manner release any party thereto from any obligation under, any Company IP Agreement.

 

(2)                                  To the Sellers’ Knowledge, no other Person is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition contained in any Company IP Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not cause the Company to be in violation or default of, or constitute an event that would give rise to any right of notice, modification, acceleration,

 

13



 

payment, cancellation or termination under, or in any manner release any party thereto from any obligation under, such Company IP Agreements.

 

2.16                         No Changes .  Since the Balance Sheet Date, the business of the Company has been conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has not, except as set forth on Schedule 2.16 :

 

(a)                            sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of any Assets, except for the sale or lease of Inventory consisting of finished goods, disposal of obsolete Assets, and transfers of cash in payment of its expenses and liabilities, all in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(b)                            waived any right other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(c)                             increased the compensation or benefits payable to any employee;

 

(d)                            adopted, terminated, amended or otherwise modified any Employee Benefit Plan;

 

(e)                             suffered or incurred any damage or destruction to any of its properties in excess of $25,000 (whether or not covered by insurance);

 

(f)                              suffered any material adverse change to any relations or contracts with, or any loss of, any of its customer suppliers, employees, or others having business relationships with the Company;

 

(g)                             adopted any change in its accounting methods;

 

(h)                            made any change in any of its authorized or issued capital stock; granted any stock option for the right to purchase shares of its capital stock; issued any security convertible into capital stock; or purchased, redeemed, retired or otherwise acquired any capital stock of the Company;

 

(i)                                made any amendment to its certificate incorporation or bylaws;

 

(j)                               agreed to do any of the foregoing.

 

2.17                         Employee Benefits .

 

(a)                            Schedule 2.17(a)  lists all Employee Benefit Plans.  True and complete copies of the following documents have been made available to Buyer, to the extent applicable:  (i) each Employee Benefit Plan which has been reduced to writing (and all amendments thereto) or a written description of any Employee Benefit Plans which have not been reduced to writing, (ii) summary plan descriptions and any summaries of material modifications, (iii) trust agreements, administrative services agreements, investment management Contracts and insurance Contracts, (iv) all material documents filed with the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the past 5 years, (v) the most

 

14



 

recent annual report on Form 5500, with accompanying schedules and attachments, and summary annual reports, and (vi) the most recent taxable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(b)                            The Company has reserved the right to amend, terminate or modify at any time and for any reason all Employee Benefit Plans providing for retiree health or life insurance coverage or other retiree death benefits, and there have been no communications to employees or former employees which could reasonably be interpreted to promise or guarantee such employees or former employees retiree health or life insurance or other retiree death benefits on a permanent basis.

 

(c)                             The Company does not maintain or contribute to, or otherwise could not reasonably be expected to have any liability (contingent or otherwise) with respect to, (i) a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), or (ii) an “employee pension plan” subject to Title IV of ERISA.  There has been no “prohibited transaction,” as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan.  Each Employee Benefit Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the requirements prescribed by Applicable Law, including ERISA and the Code.  Each Employee Benefit Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and each trust intended to qualify under Section 501(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter or is subject to an advisory opinion from the Internal Revenue Service and nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of any such plan which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.  All material contributions required to be made under the terms of any Employee Benefit Plan have been timely made.  None of the assets of any Employee Benefit Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code is or has been invested in any property constituting employer real property or any employer security within the meaning of Section 407(d) of ERISA.

 

(d)                            Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, alone or in connection with any other event: (i) increase any benefit otherwise payable or accrued under any of the Employee Benefit Plans, (ii) result in any payment that will not be deductible under Section 280G of the Code, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any benefits provided under any of the Employee Benefit Plans, or (iv) require the Company to transfer or set aside any assets to fund otherwise provide for benefits for any individual.

 

(e)                             Other than routine claims for benefits, there are no suits, claims, actions, audits, voluntary compliance requests or other proceedings pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened or otherwise involving any Employee Benefit Plan that could reasonably be expected to subject the Company to any material fine, penalty, Tax or liability.

 

(f)                              No services are provided to the Company by any “leased employee” as that term is defined under Section 414(n) of the Code.

 

(g)                             No Employee Benefit Plan has any participating employers other than the Company.

 

15



 

2.18                         Tax Matters .

 

(a)                            Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.18(a) , the Company has timely filed all Tax Returns that it was required to file on or before the Closing Date.  All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects.  All Taxes owed by the Company (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.18(a) , the Company is not the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return.  No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.  There are no Encumbrances on any of the Assets that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax.

 

(b)                            The Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party.

 

(c)                             The Company has not received written notice indicating that any Governmental Authority intends to assess any additional Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed.  There is no dispute or claim concerning any Tax liability of the Company either (i) claimed or raised by any Governmental Authority in writing or (ii) as to which any of the Sellers and the directors and officers of the Company have knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such Governmental Authority.  Schedule 2.18(c)  lists all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to the Company for taxable periods ended on or after January 1, 2007, indicates those Tax Returns that have been audited, and indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit.  The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer correct and complete copies of all federal income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by the Company since January 1, 2007.

 

(d)                            The Company has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes nor agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

 

(e)                             The Company has not filed a consent under Code §341(f) concerning collapsible corporations.  The Company has not made any payments, is not obligated to make any payments, and is not a party to any agreement that under certain circumstances could obligate it to make any payments that will not be deductible under Code §280G.  The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code §897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code §897(c)(1)(A)(ii).  The Company has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Code §6662.  The Company is not a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement.  The Company (i) has not been a member of an Affiliated Group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return and (ii) has no liability for the Taxes of any Person under 26 C.F.R. §1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

 

16


 

(f)                              The unpaid Taxes of the Company did not, as of the Balance Sheet Date, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the Balance Sheet.

 

(g)                             The Company has been a validly existing S corporation within the meaning of Code §§1361 and 1362 at all times since October 1, 1998 and will be an S corporation up to and including the Closing Date.

 

2.19                         Insurance .

 

(a)                            Schedule 2.19(a)  describes:

 

(1)                                  all policies of insurance to which the Company is a party or under which the Company, or any director, officer or employee of any Company, is or has been covered at any time since January 1, 2008;

 

(2)                                  all pending applications by the Company for any policy of insurance;

 

(3)                                  any self-insurance arrangement by or affecting the Company, including any reserves established thereunder; and

 

(4)                                  any obligation of the Company to any third party with respect to insurance (including such obligations under leases and service agreements) and identifies the policy under which such coverage is provided.

 

(b)                            With respect to each insurance policy identified on Schedule 2.19(a) , Schedule 2.19(b)  sets forth, by year, for the current policy year and each of the three preceding policy years:

 

(1)                                  a summary of the loss experience under each policy;

 

(2)                                  a statement describing each claim under an insurance policy for an amount in excess of $25,000, which sets forth:

 

(A)                                the name of the claimant;

 

(B)                                a description of the policy by insurer, type of insurance, and period of coverage; and

 

(C)                                the amount and a brief description of the claim; and

 

(3)                                  a statement describing the loss experience for all claims that were self-insured, including the number and aggregate cost of such claims.

 

17



 

(c)                             Except as set forth on Schedule 2.19(c) :

 

(1)                                  all policies to which the Company is a party or that provide coverage to the Company, or any director or officer of the Company:

 

(A)                                are valid, outstanding, and enforceable;

 

(B)                                to Sellers’ Knowledge, are issued by an insurer that is financially sound;

 

(C)                                to Sellers’ Knowledge, taken together, provide adequate insurance coverage for the Assets and the operations of the Company for all risks normally insured against by a Person carrying on the same business as the Company;

 

(D)                                are sufficient for compliance with all legal requirements and contracts to which the Company is a party or by which any of them is bound;

 

(E)                                 will continue in full force and effect following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

(F)                                  do not provide for any retrospective premium adjustment or other experienced-based liability on the part of the Company.

 

(2)                                  the Company has not received (A) any refusal of coverage or any written notice that a defense will be afforded with reservation of rights, or (B) any notice of cancellation or any other written indication that any insurance policy is no longer in full force or effect or will not be renewed or that the issuer of any policy is not willing or able to perform its obligations thereunder;

 

(3)                                  the Company has paid all premiums due, and has otherwise performed all of its respective obligations, under each policy to which the Company is a party or that provides coverage to the Company or any employee or director thereof; and

 

(4)                                  the Company has given notice to the insurer of all claims that may be insured thereby.

 

2.20                         Environmental and Safety Matters .

 

(a)                            The Company has complied in all respects with, and is currently in compliance in all respects with, applicable Environmental Laws, is not subject to any unresolved Environmental Orders, and has not received any Environmental Claims which relate to the Company or the Leased Real Property.

 

(b)                            Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company has obtained and complied in all respects with, and is currently in compliance in all respects with, all Environmental Permits that are required pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws for the Company’s operations and activities at the Leased Real Property.  All such Environmental

 

18



 

Permits are listed on Schedule 2.20(b) .  Each of the Environmental Permits is in full force and effect and in good standing, and there is no action pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened that disputes the validity of any such Environmental Permits or that is likely to result in the revocation, cancellation or suspension of any such Environmental Permits.

 

(c)                             Neither this Agreement, nor the other Seller Transaction Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall impose any obligations on Sellers or the Company to perform a Remedial Action or to notify or seek the consent of any Government Authority under any Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any so called “transaction-triggered” or “responsible property transfer” laws and regulations).

 

(d)                            The Company has not treated, stored, disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, transported, handled, or Released any Regulated Substance in violation of any Environmental Laws.  The Company has not received an Environmental Claim based on any such treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, handling or Releasing of any Regulated Substance.

 

(e)                             Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company’s operations and activities have not resulted in any facts, events, or conditions relating to the Leased Real Property or otherwise which could reasonably be expected to result in the Company incurring the responsibility for the costs or performance of any Remedial Actions or which would reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Claims against the Company.

 

(f)                              The Company has not, either expressly or by operation of law, assumed or undertaken the responsibility for the costs or performance of a Remedial Action, or compliance with an Environmental Order, or the responsibility or obligations relating or pertaining to an Environmental Claim made by or assessed against any other Person.

 

(g)                             The Company has complied in all respects with, and is currently in compliance in all respects with, all Safety Laws, and the Company is not subject to any unresolved Safety Orders.

 

(h)                            There is not now and, except as disclosed on Schedule 2.20(h) , to Sellers’ Knowledge there has not been at any time in the past, any underground storage tanks or above ground storage tanks or pipelines, whether or not in use, at the Leased Real Property or in any way connected or related to any of the past or current operations of any Company.

 

(i)                                No off-site location at which the Company has disposed or arranged for the disposal of any waste is listed on the National Priorities List or any comparable state list and the Company has not received any written notice from any Person with respect to any off-site location of potential or actual liability or a written request for information from any Person under or related to any Environmental Laws.

 

(j)                               No real property at any time owned, leased, operated or controlled by the Company is currently listed on the National Priorities List or Comprehensive Environmental

 

19



 

Response, Compensation and Liability Information system, both promulgated under Environmental Laws, or any comparable state list, and neither any Seller nor the Company has received any written notice from any Person under or relating to such Environmental Laws or any such list.

 

(k)                            All material reports, records, correspondence, studies, memoranda or other written communications related to the study, assessment, investigation or evaluation of any of the operations of the Company, the Leased Real Property or any other assets of the Company, in any way related to Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits, Environmental Orders, Regulated Substance Remedial Action, Release, Environmental Claims, Safety Laws or Safety Orders, have been provided to Buyer.

 

2.21                         Product Warranty .  To Sellers’ Knowledge, since January 1, 2008, each product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company has been in material conformity with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and the Company does not have any liability (and there is no basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand against any of them giving rise to any liability) for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith, subject only to replacement or repair in the Ordinary Course of Business.  No product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company is subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the Company’s applicable standard terms and conditions of sale or lease.  Schedule 2.21 includes copies of the Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale (containing all applicable guaranty, warranty, and indemnity provisions).

 

2.22                         Product Liability .   The Company does not have any liability arising out of any injury to individuals or property occurring prior to the Closing Date as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company.

 

2.23                         Notes and Accounts Receivables .  All Accounts Receivable of the Company are reflected properly on its books and records, are valid receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims, are current and collectible, and will be collected in the Ordinary Course of Business (so long as Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to collect them) in accordance with their terms at their recorded amounts, subject only to the reserve for bad debts set forth on the face of the Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date, except as shown on Schedule 2.23.

 

2.24                         Customers and Suppliers .

 

(a)                            To Sellers’ Knowledge, no customer intends to cease or substantially reduce its purchases of products of the Company.  The Company’s backlog as of November 30, 2012, as set forth on Schedule 2.24(a) , represents legally valid orders and no order included in such backlog has been canceled.  To Seller’s knowledge, no customer intends to cancel any such order included in such backlog.

 

20



 

(b)                            To Sellers’ Knowledge, no supplier has notified the Company in writing that such supplier intends to cease or substantially reduce its supply of products, goods or services to the Company.

 

(c)                             Schedule 2.24(c)  sets forth all deposits, advances and other payments received by the Company in respect of products and/or services not yet delivered or performed by the Company.

 

2.25                         Finder’s Fees .  Except for the fee to be paid by Sellers to M&A Securities Group, Inc., no Seller nor the Company has employed any finder or investment banker or incurred any liability (whether absolute or contingent) for any commissions or broker’s or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

2.26                         Compliance with Laws; Permits .

 

(a)                            Since January 1, 2008, the operations of the Company have been, in all material respects conducted in compliance with all Applicable Laws and Applicable Orders.

 

(b)                            Schedule 2.26(b)  contains a complete and accurate list of each Governmental Authorization that is held by the Company or that otherwise relates to the Company’s business or the Assets.  Each Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Schedule 2.26(b)  is valid and in full force and effect.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.26(b) :

 

(1)                                  the Company is, and at all times since January 1, 2008, has been, in compliance, in all material respects, with all of the terms and requirements of each Governmental Authorization identified or required to be identified in Schedule 2.26(b) .

 

(2)                                  no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may (with or without notice or lapse of time) (A) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a violation of or a failure to comply with any term or requirement of any Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Schedule 2.26(b) , or (B) result directly or indirectly in the revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or termination of, or any modification to, any Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Schedule 2.26(b) .

 

(3)                                  Since January 1, 2008, the Company has not received any written notice from any Governmental Authority or any other Person regarding (A) any violation of or failure to comply with any term or requirement of any Governmental Authorization or (B) any revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination of or modification to any Governmental Authorization.

 

(4)                                  all applications required to have been filed for the renewal of the Governmental Authorizations listed or required to be listed in Schedule 2.26(b)  have been duly filed on a timely basis (or a timely and effective request for an extension has been field) with the appropriate Governmental Authorities, and all other filings required to have been made with respect to such Governmental Authorizations have been duly made on a timely basis (or a timely

 

21



 

and effective request for an extension has been filed) with the appropriate Governmental Authorities.

 

(c)                             The Governmental Authorizations listed in Schedule 2.26(b)  collectively constitute all of the Governmental Authorizations necessary to permit the Company to lawfully conduct and operate its business in the manner in which it currently conducts and operates such business and to permit the Company to own and use its Assets in the manner in which it currently owns and uses such Assets.

 

2.27                         Anti-Corruption Compliance .  Since January 1, 2008, neither the Company nor any director, officer, agent, or employee of the Company, or any other Person associated with or acting for or on behalf of the Company, including each Seller, has directly or indirectly, in violation of Applicable Law, (a) made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services (i) to obtain favorable treatment in securing business, (ii) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured, or (iii) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (b) established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of the Company.

 

2.28                         Banking Relationships Schedule 2.28 sets forth the names and locations of all banks and other financial institutions at which the Company maintains any accounts of any nature, and identifies the names of all persons authorized to have access thereto, draw thereon or make withdrawals therefrom.

 

2.29                         Disclosure .  No representation or warranty of Sellers in this Agreement and no statement in the Disclosure Schedules omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

Article 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

As an inducement to Sellers to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer represents and warrants to Sellers as set forth in this Article 3 .  The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Article 3 shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the closing.

 

3.1                                Organization; Corporate Power and Authority; Authorization .  Buyer is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and subsisting and in good standing under the laws of New York.  Buyer has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments to which it is or is to become a party (collectively with the Agreement, the “Buyer Transaction Documents” ) and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Buyer Transaction Documents.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes, and each other Buyer Transaction Document to which

 

22



 

Buyer is a party or which is executed at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement when executed and delivered by Buyer shall constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms.

 

3.2                                No Violation of Laws or Agreements .  None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the other Buyer Transaction Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the compliance with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof by Buyer will: (a) contravene any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Buyer, (b) conflict with, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default or an event of default under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or result in the termination or loss of any material rights under, any license, franchise, indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which Buyer is a party or by which its assets may be bound or affected, or (c) violate any law or violate any judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Authority to which Buyer is subject or which its assets may be bound or affected.

 

3.3                                Consents and Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the other Buyer Transaction Documents do not require any consent, approval, authorization or other order of, action by, filing with or notification to, any Person.

 

3.4                                Investor Representations .  Buyer is acquiring the Shares for its own account and not with a view to their distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

 

3.5                                Finder’s Fees .  Buyer has not employed any finder or investment banker or incurred any liability (whether absolute or contingent) for any commissions or broker’s or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

Article 4

 

CERTAIN COVENANTS

 

4.1                                Conduct of Business Pending Closing .

 

(a)                            Ordinary Course .  From and after the date hereof through and including the Closing Date, Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to continue to conduct its operations and business and administer its affairs only in the Ordinary Course of Business.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from and after the date hereof through and including the Closing Date, Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to (i) preserve substantially intact its business organization and (ii) to keep available the services of its present officers and other employees and preserve in all material respects its relationships and goodwill with its customers and suppliers.

 

(b)                            Transactions .  Without limiting the generality of Section 4.1 , from and after the date hereof through and including the Closing Date, Sellers shall cause the Company not to, unless Buyer shall otherwise consent in writing:

 

(1)                                  amend its charter documents or bylaws;

 

23



 

(2)                                  make any change in its authorized capital stock, or issue any shares of stock of any class or issue or become a party to any subscriptions, warrants, rights, options, convertible securities or other agreements or commitments of any character relating to the Company’s issued and unissued capital stock, or grant any stock appreciation or similar rights, or declare or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of such corporation’s capital stock;

 

(3)                                  enter into any Material Contract, except those made in the Ordinary Course of Business, the terms of which are commercially reasonable and consistent with past practices;

 

(4)                                  amend, modify or waive any right under any Material Contract;

 

(5)                                  enter into any employment or consulting contract or arrangement that is not terminable at will and without penalty or continuing obligation;

 

(6)                                  except for the capital expenditure projects listed on Schedule 4.1(b)(6) , make or commit to make for any period after the date of this Agreement any individual capital expenditure in an amount in excess of $25,000 or capital expenditures which in the aggregate exceed $25,000;

 

(7)                                  incur any Indebtedness;

 

(8)                                  make or change any election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any accounting method, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any Tax claim or assessment, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, or take any other similar action, or omit to take any action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax; or without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take any action that would terminate the Company’s status as an S corporation for Federal or state tax purposes;

 

(9)                                  amend or increase the compensation or benefits payable to any employee of the Company, except as required by a written agreement to which the Company is a party on the date of the Agreement and which is disclosed in Schedule 2.12(a) ;

 

(10)                           take any other action or fail to take any other commercially reasonable action within the Company’s control, which would cause any representation or warranty set forth in Article 2 of this Agreement to be breached or untrue as of the Closing Date; or

 

(11)                           agree to any of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   Access, Information and Documents .  Until the earlier of the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, Sellers shall give to Buyer and to Buyer’s employees and representatives (including, but not limited to, accountants, attorneys, financing sources, environmental consultants and engineers), reasonable access to all of the Leased Real Property and the Company’s books, tax returns, contracts, commitments, records,

 

24



 

management level personnel and accountants, and shall furnish to Buyer all such documents and copies of documents and all information with respect to the Assets, liabilities and affairs of the Company as Buyer may reasonably request; provided, however, that all requests shall be directed through Sellers or M&A Securities Group, Inc.

 

4.2                                Confidentiality .  The terms of that certain confidentiality letter agreement, dated June 5, 2012 (signed June 15, 2012) between Buyer and the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement” ), are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate.  If this Agreement is, for any reason, terminated prior to the Closing in accordance with Section 8.1 , the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

4.3                                Further Assurances .  Each of the Parties hereto shall, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing, take or cause to be taken such actions and execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such documents and other papers as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

4.4                                Consents .  The Parties hereto shall reasonably cooperate in good faith and each Party hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts, including filing any notice or application in connection therewith on a timely basis, to obtain all Required Consents.

 

4.5                                Additional Tax Matters .

 

(a)                                  Sellers shall be responsible for the preparation and timely filing of all Tax Returns of the Company that are required to be filed (giving effect to extensions) prior to the Closing Date.  Sellers shall be responsible for the contents of such Tax Returns and for the payment of all Taxes due with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                  Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file all Tax Returns for the Company for all periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date which are filed after the Closing Date.  Buyer shall permit Sellers to review and comment on each such Tax Return described in the preceding sentence prior to filing.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Sellers shall include any income, gain, loss, deduction or other tax items for such periods on their returns in a manner consistent with the Schedule K-1’s furnished by the Company for such periods.  Sellers shall reimburse the Company for Taxes imposed upon the Company with respect to such periods within fifteen (15) days after payment by Buyer or the Company of such Taxes to the extent such Taxes are not reflected in the Current Liabilities in computing the Purchase Price Adjustment.

 

(c)                                   Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file any Tax Returns of the Company for Tax periods which begin before the Closing Date and end after the Closing Date.  Sellers shall pay to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the date on which Taxes are paid with respect to such periods an amount equal to the portion of such Taxes which relates to the portion of such Taxable period, if any, ending on the Closing Date to the extent such Taxes are not reflected in the Current Liabilities of the Company in computing the Purchase Price

 

25



 

Adjustment.  For purposes of this Section 4.5(c) , in the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis and are payable for a Taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, the portion of such Tax which relates to the portion of such Taxable period ending on the Closing Date shall (i) in the case of any Taxes other than Taxes based upon or related to income or receipts, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Taxable period, and (ii) in the case of any Tax based upon or related to income or receipts be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the relevant Taxable period ended on the Closing Date.

 

(d)                                  Buyer and Sellers shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 4.5 and any audit, litigation or other Proceeding with respect to Taxes.  Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other Party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other Proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.  Buyer and Sellers agree (i) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Buyer or Sellers, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Governmental Authority; and (ii) to give the other Party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other Party so requests, the Company or Sellers, as the case may be, shall allow the other Party to take possession of such books and records.

 

(e)                                   Buyer and Sellers further agree, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

 

(f)                                    Buyer and Sellers further agree, upon request, to provide the other Party with all information that either Party may be required to report pursuant to Section 6043 of the Code and all United States Treasury Department regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(g)                                   The Parties agree that One Hundred and Two Dollars ($102.00) of the Purchase Price shall be allocated to the non-competition agreement of each Seller hereunder solely for Tax purposes.  The balance of the Purchase Price shall be allocated to the Shares.  Sellers and Buyer shall reflect such allocation in all applicable income Tax Returns filed by any of them, and neither Sellers nor Buyer shall take a position before any Governmental Authority or otherwise (including in any Tax Return) inconsistent with such allocation.  The Parties do not intend this allocation of the Purchase Price to diminish the importance of the non-competition agreement to Buyer or limit Buyer’s remedies for any breach of such agreement.

 

26


 

4.6          Exclusivity .  Until the earlier of the Closing Date or such date as this Agreement is terminated, neither Seller will, and each Seller will cause the Company and its representatives not to, solicit, initiate, encourage, provide any information with respect to, negotiate or agree to any other proposals or offers from any Person, other than Buyer and its representatives, relating to the sale or other disposition of the Shares, the sale or disposition of any material portion of the Assets, any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction involving the Company.

 

4.7          Consummation of Closing .  Each Party to this Agreement will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 to be satisfied as promptly as practicable after the date hereof.

 

4.8          Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation .

 

(a)         Noncompetition .  For a period of seven (7) years after the Closing Date, no Seller shall directly or indirectly invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, advise, render services to, or guarantee the obligations of, any Person engaged in the Company’s Business, anywhere in the world.  The foregoing shall not prevent any Seller from becoming the passive owner of publicly traded securities of any Person engaged in such a competitive business, provided such securities do not exceed five percent (5%) of the capitalization of such business.

 

(b)         Nonsolicitation .  From and after the Closing Date, and at anywhere in the world, no Seller shall (i) cause, induce or attempt to cause or induce any customer of the Company to cease doing business with the Company, or to commence business with any competitor of the Company or (ii) cause, induce or attempt to cause or induce any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company or breach any obligation owed by such employee to the Company.

 

(c)           Confidentiality .  After the Closing Date, each Seller shall treat and hold as confidential any confidential or proprietary information concerning the business and affairs of the Company (the “Confidential Information” ), except to the extent such information (i) is or becomes generally available to the public (other than through a breach of this Agreement), or (ii) subject to the provisions below, is required to be disclosed under Applicable Law.  In the event that either Seller is requested or required (by oral question or request for information or documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand, or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, such Seller shall notify Buyer promptly of the request or requirement so that Buyer may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.8(c) .  If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, either Seller is, on the advice of counsel, required to disclose any Confidential Information to any tribunal, such Seller may disclose the Confidential Information to the tribunal without being in breach of the provisions of this Section 4.8(c) ; provided that such Seller shall use his commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at the request and expense of Buyer, an order or other assurance that confidential treatment shall be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information required to be disclosed as Buyer shall reasonably designate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.8(c) , either

 

27



 

Seller may disclose Confidential Information to his counsel, accountants and agents on a need-to-know basis (provided that any such Person shall be informed of the confidential nature of such information, such disclosing Seller shall cause such Person to comply with the provisions of this Section 4.8(c)  and such disclosing Seller shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 4.8(c)  by any such Person).

 

(d)         Enforcement of Covenant .  Sellers agree that the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 4.8 are a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder and are necessary to protect the goodwill of the Company (which goodwill is a material portion of what is being acquired hereunder).  If a final judgment of a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction determines that any term or provision contained in subsections (a), (b) or (c)  is invalid or unenforceable, then the Parties agree that the court or tribunal will have the power to reduce the scope, duration or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the Parties’ intention in the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

 

(e)         Remedy for Breach .  Sellers acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach by a Seller of any of the provisions of this Section 4.8 , monetary damages shall not constitute a sufficient remedy.  Consequently, in the event of any such breach, Buyer may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions, and Sellers hereby waive any obligation of such parties to post any bond or security in enforcing such rights.

 

(f)          Non Exclusivity of Covenants .  The obligations of Sellers and the rights of Buyer and the Company set forth in this Section 4.8 are in addition to, not in lieu of, all obligations and rights under Applicable Laws; and, with respect to Mr. Antonini; as set forth in the Employment Agreement.

 

4.9          Notice of Developments .  Sellers will give prompt written notice to Buyer of any development causing a breach of any of the representations and warranties in Article 2 above or any failure of such representations or warranties to continue to be true, after such development or failure becomes Sellers’ Knowledge.  No disclosure by Sellers pursuant to this Section 4.9 , however, shall be deemed to amend or supplement the Disclosure Schedules, to prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or breach of covenant, or adversely affect the rights of Buyer under this Agreement.

 

4.10        Waiver .  Effective upon the Closing, each Seller hereby irrevocably waives, releases and discharges each of the Company, and its officers, directors, employees, agents and Affiliates from any and all liabilities or obligations to such Seller of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether in such Seller’s capacity as a stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent of the Company or otherwise (including, without limitation, in respect of rights of contribution or indemnification and all rights under any employment agreements), in each case whether absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown, and whether arising under any agreement or understanding or otherwise at law or equity, and no Seller shall

 

28



 

seek to recover any amounts in connection therewith or thereunder from the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and Affiliates; provided that the foregoing waiver, release and discharge shall not apply with respect to any and all liabilities and obligations of Buyer or the Company to Sellers under any Transaction Document or with respect to any obligation of the Company to provide benefits under any Employee Pension Benefit Plan disclosed on Schedule 2.17(a) .

 

4.11        Employment Agreement .  At the Closing, Mr. Antonini shall enter into an agreement with the Company, as attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Employment Agreement ”), pursuant to which Mr. Antonini will continue to be employed by the Company from and after the Closing Date.

 

4.12        Replacement Lease .  At the Closing, Seller shall cause BGM Holdings, LLC to enter into a lease with the Company, as attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Replacement Lease ”) pursuant to which lease currently covering the Leased Real Property shall be terminated and superseded in all respects.

 

4.13        Insider and Employee Accounts .  Prior to the Closing, Sellers will cause all Insiders and employees of the Company to pay to the Company all outstanding Indebtedness and accounts owed by such Persons to the Company.

 

Article 5

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

 

5.1          Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Buyer .  The obligations of Buyer under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any one or more of which may be waived in writing in whole or in part by Buyer at Buyer’s sole option and which conditions are set out herein for the exclusive benefit of Buyer):

 

(a)         Bring Down of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and at and as of the Closing Date as though then made and as though the Closing Date were substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout such representations and warranties (except for those representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be made as of another specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such other specified date, as applicable);

 

(b)         Covenants .  Sellers shall have complied in all material respects with each of their covenants and obligations required to be performed by Sellers on or prior to the Closing;

 

(c)         Litigation .  There shall be no Proceeding pending or threatened, which if determined adversely, (i) would prohibit or materially impair Buyer’s ownership of the Shares or operation of all or a material portion of the Company’s business, (ii) would materially impair the ability of Buyer to realize the benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,

 

29



 

(iii) would prevent or make illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company;

 

(d)         Consents and Approvals .  The Required Consents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, shall have been obtained;

 

(e)         No Material Adverse Effect .  There shall have occurred no change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations, or results of operations of the Company since the date of this Agreement which resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)          Closing Certificate .  Sellers shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by both Sellers certifying to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Sections 5.1(a)  and 5.1(b)  (the “Sellers Closing Certificate”).  For avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of Section 7.2 , the Sellers Closing Certificate shall for all purposes be deemed to be a complete restatement, as of the Closing Date, by Sellers of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 2.

 

(g)         Excluded Contract .  The Company shall have terminated the Excluded Contract and obtained a release from the counter-party thereto, which termination and release shall be set forth in a writing reasonably acceptable to Buyer.

 

5.2          Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Sellers .  The obligations of Sellers to proceed with the Closing hereunder are subject to the fulfillment prior to or at the Closing of the following conditions (any one or more of which may be waived in whole or in part by Sellers at their sole option and which conditions are set out herein for the exclusive benefit of Sellers):

 

(a)         Bring Down of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and at and as of the Closing Date as though then made and as though the Closing Date were substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout such representations and warranties (except for those representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be made as of another specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such other specified date, as applicable);

 

(b)         Covenants .  Buyer shall have complied in all material respects with each of its covenants and obligations required to be performed by Buyer on or prior to the Closing;

 

(c)         Litigation .  There shall be no Proceeding pending or threatened, which would prevent or make illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or would materially impair the ability of Sellers to realize the benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(d)           Required Consents .  The Required Consents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sellers, shall have been obtained.

 

(e)           Closing Certificate .  Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by Buyer certifying to the fulfillment of the

 

30



 

conditions set forth in Sections 5.2(a)  and 5.2(b)  (the “Buyer Closing Certificate”).  For avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of Section 7.2 , the Buyer Closing Certificate shall for all purposes be deemed to be a complete restatement, as of the Closing Date, by Buyer of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 3 .

 

Article 6

 

CLOSING DELIVERIES AND ACTIONS

 

6.1          Sellers’ Deliveries .  At the Closing, in addition to the deliveries specified in Section 5.1 Sellers shall deliver to Buyer:

 

(a)         Stock Certificate .  Stock certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed for transfer to Buyer.

 

(b)         Employment Agreement .  The Employment Agreement, duly executed by Mr. Antonini.

 

(c)         Replacement Lease .  The Replacement Lease, duly executed by BGM Holdings, LLC.

 

(d)         Resignations .  Resignations of each individual serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

(e)         FIRPTA Affidavit .  A non-foreign affidavit, executed by Sellers, dated as of the Closing Date, sworn under penalty of perjury and in form and substance consistent with the requirements of the regulations issued pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code certifying that each Seller is not a “Foreign Person” as defined in Section 1445 of the Code.

 

6.2          Buyer’s Deliveries .  At the Closing, in addition to the deliveries specified in Section 5.2 , Buyer shall deliver to Sellers:

 

(a)           The Base Purchase Price plus or minus the Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment.

 

Article 7

 

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1          Survival of Representations .  The representations, warranties, agreements and covenants of Sellers and Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing, without limitation, except as provided in this Article 7 . All of Sellers’ representations and warranties in Article 2 and the Seller Closing Certificate and Buyer’s representations and warranties in Article 3 and the Buyer Closing Certificate shall survive the Closing for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date except that:

 

31



 

(a)           the Fundamental Representations shall survive the Closing without time limitation, and

 

(b)         the representations and warranties in Sections 2.9(a)  (Title to Assets), Section 2.17 ( Employee Benefits ), Section 2.18   ( Tax Matters ) and Section 2.20 ( Environmental and Safety Matters ) shall survive the Closing until the date that is 60 days after any claims relating thereto or arising from the subject matter thereof are barred by the applicable statute of limitations.

 

If written notice of a claim for indemnification hereunder has been given prior to the expiration of the applicable representations or warranties by any Party hereto, then the relevant representations and warranties shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved.  The time limitations specified in this Section 7.1 shall not be applicable in the event of fraud.

 

7.2          Indemnification by Sellers .  Sellers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend, and hold Buyer, the Company and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and Affiliates (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnitees” ) harmless from and against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, judgments, deficiencies, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, interest, penalties, fines and all reasonable amounts paid in investigation, defense or settlement of any of the foregoing, net of actual receipt by Buyer of insurance proceeds (collectively the “Buyer Damages” ) asserted against, imposed upon, resulting to or incurred by any Buyer Indemnitees, directly or indirectly, in connection with, or arising out of, or resulting from (a) a breach of any of the representations and warranties made by any Seller in Article 2 or in the Sellers Closing Certificate, (b) a breach or non-fulfillment of any of the covenants or agreements made by any Seller in or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Seller Transaction Document and (c) the Excluded Contract.   Because Buyer has provided for an Indemnity Basket Deductible, Sellers agree that for the purposes of determining liability and calculating Buyer Damages under this Article 7 , a representation shall be deemed false and a warranty shall be deemed breached or not fulfilled if the same would have been false, breached of not fulfilled had the representation or warranty not been qualified by the words “material”, “in all material respects”, “Material Adverse Effect” or words of similar import.

 

7.3          Indemnification by Buyer .  Buyer shall indemnify, save and hold Sellers (the “Seller Indemnitees” ) harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, judgments, deficiencies, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, interest, penalties, fines and all reasonable amounts paid in investigation, defense or settlement of any of the foregoing net of actual receipt by Sellers of insurance proceeds, (collectively the “Seller Damages” ) asserted against, imposed upon or resulting to or incurred by any Seller Indemnitees, directly or indirectly, in connection with, or arising out of, or resulting from (a) a breach of any of the representations and warranties made by Buyer in Article 3 or in the Buyer Closing Certificate, and (b) a breach or non-fulfillment of any of the covenants or agreements made by Buyer in or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Buyer Transaction Document.

 

32



 

7.4          Notice of Claims .  If any Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee (an “Indemnified Party” ) incurs Buyer Damages or Seller Damages, as the case may be ( “Damages” ) for which it is entitled to indemnification under this Article 7 , such Indemnified Party shall, promptly notify the Party or Parties from whom indemnification is being claimed (the “Indemnifying Party” ) of the nature of such claim.  The failure of an Indemnified Party to give any notice required by this Section 7.4 shall not affect any of such Party’s rights under this Article 7 except and to the extent that:  (i) such failure is actually prejudicial to the rights or obligations of the Indemnifying Party, or (ii) the notice related to Sellers’ representations and warranties in Article 2 (or the Sellers Closing Certificate) or Buyer’s representation and warranties in Article 3 , (or the Buyer Closing Certificate) and such notice was served after the applicable period prescribed in Section 7.1 , in which case Damages for breach of such representation and warranty shall not be recoverable.

 

7.5          Limits on Indemnification .

 

(a)         Sellers shall not be liable to indemnify any Buyer Indemnitee for any Buyer Damages for a breach of representation or warranty pursuant to Section 7.2(a)  until the aggregate amount of such Buyer Damages exceeds $250,000 (the “Indemnity Basket Deductible” ), and Sellers shall be jointly and severally liable to indemnify Buyer Indemnitees for all Buyer Damages arising under Section 7.2(a) , less the Indemnity Basket Deductible; however this Section 7.5(a)  shall not apply to Buyer Damages arising from a breach of (i) any Fundamental Representation; and (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.17, 2.18 and 2.20 .

 

(b)         The maximum aggregate indemnification obligation of Sellers with respect to all breaches of the representations and warranties of Sellers shall be an amount equal to $4,000,000; however, this Section 7.5(b)  shall not apply to Buyer Damages arising from a breach of (i) any Fundamental Representation; and (ii) the representation and warranties set forth in Sections 2.17, 2.18 and 2.20 .

 

(c)           No Indemnifying Party shall have any liability for exemplary or punitive damages suffered or incurred by an Indemnified Party, provided that this limitation shall not be applicable with respect to exemplary or punitive damages payable by an Indemnified Party to a third party.

 

(d)         The limitations on indemnification set forth in Sections 7.5(a) , 7.5(b) , and 7.5(c)  shall not be applicable in the event of a claim for fraud.

 

7.6          Special Inventory Indemnification .  In addition to and not in limitation of the provisions of Section 7.2 , Sellers, jointly and severally, agree to promptly pay to Buyer and the Company, as Buyer Damages, the Company’s cost for any Inventory which is reasonably determined by the Company after the Closing to be obsolete as a result of the cancellation by a customer of any customer order in existence as of the Closing Date.

 

7.7          Knowledge and Investigation .  The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and any rights and

 

33



 

remedies with respect thereto, shall not be affected or diminished by any knowledge of, or any investigation at any time by or on behalf of, the Party for whose benefit such representations, warranties and covenants were made, or by the Closing of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

7.8          Exclusive Remedies .  The Parties acknowledge and agree that, except as may arise from a claim for fraud and except for any claims seeking injunctive or other equitable relief, following the Closing, the indemnification provisions of this Article 7 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Parties for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or any breach, nonfulfillment or default in the performance of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.  The Parties further agree that the rights to indemnification in this Article 7 apply only if the Closing has been consummated.

 

Article 8

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1          Termination .

 

(a)         This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing only under one of the following circumstances:

 

(1)           By Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred by December 31, 2012 by reason of the failure of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 to be satisfied by such date; provided   further that termination pursuant to this clause (1)  shall not be available to Buyer if it is in material breach of any obligation under this Agreement and shall have been the cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

 

(2)           By Buyer, if any condition set forth in Section 5.1 is not satisfied by the Closing Date;

 

(3)           By Sellers, if any condition set forth in Section 5.2 is not satisfied by the Closing Date;

 

(4)           By the mutual written consent of the parties hereto;

 

(5)           By Sellers if the Closing shall not have occurred by December 31, 2012 by reason of the failure of the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 to be notified by such date; provided further that termination pursuant to this Clause (5)  shall not be available to Sellers if they are in material breach of any obligation under this Agreement and shall have been the cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; and

 

(6)           by either Buyer or Seller by notice to the other Party if the other Party has committed a material breach of any provision of this Agreement, which is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice from the non-breaching party to the breaching party which describes the breach in reasonable detail.

 

34



 

(b)         In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1(a) , this Agreement shall forthwith be cancelled and rendered null and void in its entirety except that such termination will not relieve any Party of its liability for any breach of representation, warranty or covenant giving rise to such termination.  The availability of a Party’s right of termination pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall not preclude such Party from seeking equitable relief pursuant to Section 8.9 of this Agreement; provided , however , if a Party elects the remedy of termination pursuant to this Section 8.1 , then the equitable relief contemplated by Section 8.9 shall not be available to such Party.

 

8.2          Construction .  As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires: references to “Article” or “Section” are to an article or section hereof; “include,” “includes” and “including” are deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of like import; “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and comparable terms refer to the entirety of this Agreement and not to any particular article, section or other subdivision hereof or attachment hereto; references to an agreement or other instrument or law, statute or regulation are referred to as amended and supplemented from time to time (and, in the case of a statute or regulation, to any successor provision) and all regulations, rulings and interpretations promulgated pursuant thereto; and the headings of the various articles, sections and other subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.  Unless otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement with respect to a specific obligation, Sellers shall be jointly and severally obligated for each obligation or liability of Sellers or any Seller set forth in this Agreement.  Whenever Sellers are entitled to receive any payments hereunder, such payments shall be made to Sellers jointly.

 

8.3          Notices .  All notices, and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made: (a) when received, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested; (b) upon delivery, if sent by hand delivery; (c) when received, if sent by prepaid overnight carrier, with a record of receipt and (d) when received, if sent by facsimile or email, provided that such facsimile or email notices are also promptly delivered by hand, overnight courier or registered or certified mail:

 

(a)         if to Buyer to:

 

Hardinge Inc.

One Hardinge Drive

Elmira, NY 14902-1507

Attn: Richard L. Simons, President & Chief Executive Officer

Email:    rsimons@hardinge.com

Facsimile: (607) 378- 4086

 

35



 

with a copy to:

 

Phillips Lytle LLP

3400 HSBC Center

Buffalo, NY 14203-2887

Attention:  David J. Murray

Email: dmurray@phillipslytle.com

Facsimile: (716) 852-6100

 

if to Sellers:

 

Giacomo Antonini and Bere Antonini

1524 Davis Rd.

Elgin, IL 60123

Email:  gantonini@usach.com; bantonini@usach.com

Facsimile 847-888-0144

 

with a copy to:

 

Raymond P. Kolak

Megan J. Klein

Eckhart Kolak, LLC

55 W. Monroe Street, #1925

Chicago, IL 60603

Email:  rkolak@eckhart.com; mklein@eckhart.com

Facsimile 312-236-0105

 

Any Party hereto may change the address to which notice to it, or copies thereof, shall be addressed, by giving notice thereof to the other Parties hereto in conformity with the foregoing.  After the Closing, all notices to the Company shall be given to the care of Buyer at the address set forth above.

 

8.4          Expenses .  All costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred.  The Company shall not bear any costs or expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sellers shall bear all fees and expenses to M&A Securities Group, Inc.  All use, sales, transfer and other similar transaction Taxes imposed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Party upon which they are imposed by law.

 

8.5          Public Announcements .  Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or stock exchange rules applicable to Buyer (in which case, reasonable prior notice and a copy of

 

36


 

such proposed disclosure shall be provided to the Sellers in advance of any public disclosure), press releases and other publicity concerning this transaction shall be made only with the prior agreement of the Sellers and Buyer.

 

8.6           Assignment .  This Agreement and all the rights and powers granted hereby shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective permitted heirs, successors and assigns.  This Agreement and the rights, interests and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any Party hereto, without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer may, without the prior written consent of any other Party hereto, assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, (i) as collateral security to any lender providing debt financing to Buyer, or any of its Affiliates or (ii) to any Affiliate of Buyer.  No such assignment shall relieve Buyer of its obligations as the primary obligor under this Agreement.

 

8.7           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflict of law doctrines.

 

8.8           Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each Party hereto acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues, and therefore it hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents delivered in connection herewith or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.  Each Party certifies and acknowledges that (a) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other Party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce such waiver, (b) it understands and has considered the implications of such waiver, (c) it makes such waiver voluntarily, and (d) it has been induced to enter into this agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.8 .

 

8.9           Specific Performance .  The Parties hereto agree and acknowledge that remedies at law for monetary damages for any breach of their respective obligations under this Agreement may not constitute a sufficient remedy in all cases.  Thus, in addition to the remedies at law, the non-breaching Parties shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, in the event of any such breach and the Parties hereby waive any obligation of the non-breaching Parties to post any bond or security in enforcing such rights.

 

8.10        Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended or modified except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties hereto or (b) by a waiver in accordance with Section 8.11 .

 

8.11        Waiver .  Any extension or waiver granted by a Party hereunder shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party to be bound thereby.  Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement.  The failure of any Party to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights.

 

37



 

8.12        Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement (including the recitals hereto) and the Appendices, Exhibits and Schedules hereto, and the other Transaction Documents, set forth all of the representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements, conditions and undertakings of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, negotiations, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly set forth in Article 2 , the Disclosure Schedules and the Sellers Closing Certificate, Sellers make no representation or warranty, express or implied, at law or in equity, in respect of the Shares of the Company, its assets, liabilities or operations, including, without limitation, with respect to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose, and any such other representations or warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.  This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the Parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder, except the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 relating to Buyer Indemnitees and Seller Indemnitees who are intended to benefit from such indemnities.

 

8.13        Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement are intended to have independent significance and no application of the Purchase Price Adjustment provisions of Article 1 shall prevent, mitigate or cause the delay of any claim for indemnification made hereunder.

 

8.14        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

 

8.15        Jurisdiction; Service of Process .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transactions contemplated under this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State of Illinois, County of Cook, or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, and each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such Proceeding, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of such Proceeding shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transactions contemplated under this Agreement in any other court.  Each Party acknowledges and agrees that this Section 8.15 constitutes a voluntary and bargained-for agreement between the Parties.  Process in any Proceeding may be served on any Party anywhere in the world, including by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the Party to be served at the address and in the manner

 

38



 

provided for the giving of notices in this Agreement.  Nothing in this Section 8.15 will affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

39



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed or have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

BUYER :

 

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Simons

 

 

Richard L. Simons, President and

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SELLERS :

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Giacomo Antonini

 

Giacomo Antonini

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bere Antonini

 

Bere Antonini

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

APPENDIX A

 

Definitions

 

Accounts Receivable means all accounts receivable of the Company, less any related allowance for doubtful accounts, calculated in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Financial Statements but excluding any accounts receivable more than one year old or from an Insider.

 

Affiliate means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, that Person, and for the purposes of the foregoing, “control” as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliated Group means any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code or any similar group defined under a similar provision of state or local law.

 

Applicable Laws means all federal, state, local, municipal and administrative statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, common law, orders and regulations of any Governmental Authority.

 

Applicable Orders means, all awards, judgments, orders, opinions, rulings, writs, injunctions, verdicts, subpoenas, settlement agreements, stipulations, consent orders or other agreements issued by or entered into with a Governmental Authority or otherwise any judicial or administrative interpretation of any of Applicable Law.

 

Assets shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.9 .

 

Balance Sheet shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.7 .

 

Buyer Damages shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.2 .

 

Buyer Indemnitees shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.2 .

 

Buyer Transaction Documents shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 3.1 .

 

Cash means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Company on a consolidated basis (e.g., cash and cash equivalents that are not deposited with another Person to secure obligations to such Person).

 

Closing shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.3 .

 

Closing Date shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.3 .

 

Closing Date Cash shall mean Cash determined as of the Closing.

 

Closing Date Unapplied Customer Deposits means Customer Deposits held by the Company as of the Closing to the extent such Customer Deposits have not been expended by the Company for the purchase of Inventory.

 

A-1



 

Closing Date Indebtedness means the Indebtedness of the Company as of the Closing.

 

Closing Date Net Working Capital means the Net Working Capital as of the Closing.

 

Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Company IP Rights shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.15 .

 

Company IP Agreements shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.15 .

 

Company’s Business means the design, manufacture, sale, marketing, lease, or servicing of high precision ID and OD grinding machines and systems.

 

Confidential Information shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.8 .

 

Confidentiality Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2 .

 

Contingent Purchase Price shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.6 .

 

Contract means, with respect to any Person, any written or verbal agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, license, sublicense, understanding, arrangement, instrument, note, guaranty, indemnity, representation, warranty, deed, assignment, power of attorney, purchase order, release, work order, commitment, covenant, obligation, promise or undertaking of any nature to which such Person is a party or by which its properties or assets may be bound, in each case, together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, modifications, alterations, guaranties and other changes thereto, and including the right to all security deposits and other amounts and instruments deposited thereunder.

 

Current Assets means Accounts Receivable, Inventory and Prepaid Expenses.

 

Current Liabilities means (a) accounts payable, accrued payroll, accrued vacation, other accrued expenses, and other liabilities due within twelve (12) months from the Closing Date, including Taxes (b) a reserve for product warranty claims, determined in accordance with GAAP and (c) outstanding checks of the Company.

 

Customer Deposits means deposits, advances, down payments and other sums paid to the Company, or invoiced by the Company, for goods or services not delivered.

 

Damages shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4 .

 

Disclosure Schedules means the schedules to this Agreement which correspond to the Sellers’ representations and warranties in Article 2 .

 

Earn-Out Objection Notice shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.6 .

 

Earn-Out Years shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.6 .

 

A-2



 

EBITDA means the Company’s earnings from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for a specific period as determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Schedule 1.6 .

 

EBITDA Statement shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.6 .

 

Employee Benefit Plan means each of the following currently or heretofore maintained or sponsored by the Company, which covers or provides benefits to or at any time covered or provided benefits to any Company employee, or to which the Company has or had an obligation to contribute: (a) nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plan or arrangement, (b) qualified defined contribution retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, (c) qualified defined benefit retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (including any Multiemployer Plan), or (d) Employee Welfare Benefit Plan or material fringe benefit or other retirement, bonus, or incentive plan or program.

 

Employee Pension Benefit Plan has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(2).

 

Employee Welfare Benefit Plan has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(1).

 

Encumbrance shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.9 .

 

Environmental Claim means any (i) written notice of noncompliance or violation or citation or other written notice indicating or alleging liability or potential liability relating to any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit, Release or Regulated Substances; (ii) civil, criminal, administrative or regulatory investigation instituted by a Governmental Authority or Person relating to any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit, Release or Regulated Substance; (iii) administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suit, claim or proceeding instituted by any Person or Governmental Authority or any written notice of liability or potential liability from any Person or Governmental Authority, in either instance, setting forth allegations relating to or setting forth a cause of action for personal injury (including but not limited to death), property damage, natural resource damage, contribution or indemnity, insofar as any such action, suit, claim or proceeding is for the costs associated with the performance of Remedial Actions, liens or encumbrances attached to, recorded or levied against property for the costs associated with the performance of Remedial Actions and costs to remove any such liens or encumbrances, civil or administrative penalties, criminal fines or penalties, or declaratory or equitable relief arising under any Environmental Law; or (iv) action, suit, claim or proceeding instituted by any Person or Governmental Authority at law or in equity setting forth allegations relating to or a cause of action for personal injury (including but not limited to death), property damage, direct recovery or contribution or indemnity, insofar as any such action, suit, claim or proceeding is for the costs associated with the performance of Remedial Actions.

 

Environmental Laws means those Applicable Laws with respect to the protection of the environment and the protection of human health from exposure to Regulated Substances (but excluding protection of the health and safety of employees in the workplace), including those relating to (i) pollution or pollution control; (ii) protection of natural resources; (iii) the Release or threat of Release of Regulated Substances; (iv) the performance of a Remedial Action; (v) or otherwise relating to the use, management, generation, manufacture, processing, extraction,

 

A-3



 

treatment, recycling, refining, reclamation, labeling, sale, transport, storage, collection, distribution, disposal or handling of Regulated Substances including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§ 1801 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. §§110001 et seq.,  the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq., the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 300f-300j, the Federal Air Pollution Control Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act, 33 U.S.C. §§ 2701 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. §§ 136 to 136y, and the Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2011 et seq.  “Environmental Laws” specifically exclude the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq. and any Applicable Laws generally addressing workplace safety.

 

Environmental Orders means all Applicable Orders relating or pertaining to Regulated Substances, Remedial Actions or violations of or non-compliance with Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits.

 

Environmental Permits means all permits, licenses, bonds, consents, waivers, exemptions, registrations, identification numbers, approvals or authorizations required under Environmental Laws to own, occupy or maintain the Leased Real Property or which otherwise are required for the operation of the Company or for the performance of a Remedial Action.

 

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.5 .

 

Excluded Contract means that certain agreement dated as of the 1st day of January 1999 between the Company and Martin Nobs, which agreement is further described on Schedule 2.14 .

 

Financial Statements shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.7(b) .

 

Firm shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.5(c)(3) .

 

Fundamental Representations means the representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5 and 2.9(a) , and the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 .

 

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect in the United States from time to time, consistently applied.

 

Governmental Authority means any federal, state, municipal, local, or other governmental or judicial authority or administrative agency, domestic or foreign.

 

Governmental Authorization means any consent, license, registration or permit issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

 

Holdback Amount shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.6 .

 

A-4



 

Improvements shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.10 .

 

Indebtedness shall mean with respect to the Company, without duplication, (i) all liabilities for borrowed money or issued in substitution for or exchange of indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) all liabilities evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other debt security, (iii) all liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property or services with respect to which the Company is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor or otherwise, including all liabilities (whether earn-outs, indemnity payments, non-compete payments, consulting payments, bonuses, guaranteed payments or other similar payments, or otherwise) that may be payable as a result of or in connection with any acquisition of, or investments in, another Person, (iv) all liabilities of a third Person guaranteed in any manner (including guarantees in the form of an agreement to repurchase or reimburse), and (v) all liabilities under capitalized leases.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness does not include the Company’s contingent obligation to reimburse American Chartered Bank in respect of letters of credit specified on Schedule A-1 issued on the Company’s behalf, unless demand for reimbursement has been made by the bank:

 

Indemnified Party shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4 .

 

Indemnifying Party shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4 .

 

Indemnity Basket Deductible shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.5 .

 

Insider means any Seller and any officer, director, management employee, partner or Affiliate, as applicable, of the Company, or any spouse or descendant (whether natural or adopted) of any such individual or any entity in which any of the foregoing persons owns 5% or greater direct or indirect beneficial interest.

 

Intellectual Property Rights means all of the following, whether or not registered, with all income, royalties, damages and payments thereof (including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements or misappropriations thereof), the right to sue and recover for past infringements and misappropriations thereof and any and all corresponding rights that, now or hereafter, may be secured:  (a) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) and any reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, or reexaminations thereof; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names and corporate names and registrations, renewals and applications for registration thereof, together with all goodwill associated therewith; (c) copyrights and renewals and applications for registrations thereof; (d) computer software (including all databases, data, documentation and source code, but excluding agreements for shrink-wrap, click-wrap, or other licenses for off the shelf software); (e) trade secrets and other confidential information; (f) applications and registrations for any of the foregoing; (g) any other proprietary rights or intellectual property rights; and (h) copies and tangible embodiments thereof, in whatever form or medium.

 

Inventory means raw materials and supplies, manufactured and purchased parts, work in process, and finished goods.

 

Leased Real Property shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.10 .

 

A-5



 

Material Adverse Effect means any material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations, or results of operations of the Company after considering actual receipt by the Company of insurance proceeds, if any; provided, however, that none of the following constitutes, or will be considered in determining whether there has occurred, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) changes in laws, rules or regulations or GAAP or the interpretation thereof; and (ii) changes that are the result of economic factors affecting the Company’s industry, the national, regional or world economy, or the financial markets.

 

Material Contract shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.12 .

 

Maximum Contingent Purchase Price has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.6 .

 

Multiemployer Plan has the meaning set forth in ERISA § 3(37).

 

Net Working Capital means, with respect to the Company, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

Objection Notice shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.5 .

 

Ordinary Course of Business means actions taken in the normal day-to-day operations of the Company’s business that are consistent, in all material respects, with past practice (including, without limitation, with respect to collection of accounts receivable, purchases of supplies, repairs and maintenance, payment of accounts payable and accrued expenses, terms of sale, levels of capital expenditures, and operation of cash management practices generally).

 

Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, entity, unincorporated association or Governmental Authority.

 

Prepaid Expenses means prepaid expenses of the Company as determined in accordance with GAAP, and prepaid income Taxes of the Company.

 

Proceeding means any claim, charge, action, suit, litigation, arbitration, mediation, hearing, inquiry, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, judicial or investigative, formal or informal, public or private, commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before any Governmental Authority, judicial authority or arbitral panel.

 

Prohibited Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.

 

Purchase Price shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.2 .

 

Purchase Price Adjustment shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.5 .

 

Purchase Price Adjustment Schedule shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.5 .

 

A-6



 

Regulated Substance means any substance, material or waste which exhibits the characteristics of “hazardous waste” as identified in 40 C.F.R. Part 261 or that are listed in 40 C.F.R. Part 261 or the U.S. Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Table, as amended, 49 C.F.R. § 172.101, or a “hazardous chemical” pursuant to 29 C.F.R. Part 1910, or that is defined as a source, special nuclear or byproduct material, or as “hazardous substance,” “pollutant,” “pollution,” “contaminant,” “hazardous or toxic substance,” “extremely hazardous substance,” “toxic chemical,” “toxic substance,” “toxic waste,” “hazardous waste,” “special handling waste,” “industrial waste,” “residual waste,” “solid waste,” “municipal waste,” “mixed waste,” “infectious waste,” “chemotherapeutic waste,” “medical waste,” “pesticide” or “regulated substance” pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, Environmental Order or Environmental Permit or any petroleum and petroleum products (including crude oil and any fractions thereof), natural gas, synthetic gas and any mixtures thereof, coal, coke, coal tar or coal tar byproducts, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls, mercury or radon.

 

Release shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in CERCLA.

 

Remedial Action means any investigation, identification, preliminary assessment, characterization, delineation, feasibility study, cleanup, corrective action, removal, remediation, risk assessment, fate and transport analysis, natural resource damage assessment, mitigation or repair in-situ treatment, containment, operation and maintenance or management in-place, control, abatement or other response actions and any closure and post-closure measures associated therewith, including monitoring or the installation and maintenance of engineering and institutional controls or any deed, use or activity restrictions or limitations.

 

Required Consents means the consent and approvals specified on Schedule A-2 .

 

Safety Laws means the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et. seq., as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder or any other Applicable Laws and any policies, programs or guidance (having the force and effect of law), issued by or entered into with a Governmental Authority, each as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation of any of the foregoing, pertaining or relating to the protection of the health and safety of employees in the workplace (but excluding workers compensation and wage and hour laws).

 

Safety Orders means all Applicable Orders relating or pertaining to violations of or non-compliance with Safety Laws.

 

Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933 or any successor law, and regulations and rules issued pursuant thereto or any successor law.

 

Seller Damages shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.3 .

 

Seller Indemnitees shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.3 .

 

Sellers’ Knowledge means the actual knowledge of either Seller or any other individual serving as a director, officer or management employee of the Company as of the date hereof, and the knowledge that any of the foregoing individuals would have acquired upon a reasonable investigation.

 

A-7



 

Seller Transaction Documents shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2.2 .

 

Six Month T-Bill Rate means the effective yield on a six month treasury bill as determined at the U.S. Department of Treasury Auction most recently preceding the date on which the Company’s 2013 EBITDA is finally determined in accordance with Section 1.6(b)  or 1.6(c) .

 

Systems shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.15 .

 

Target Closing Date Net Working Capital means $4,953,573.

 

Tax shall mean any and all taxes, fees, levies and other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation: federal, state, or local income, gross receipts, payroll, stamp, occupation, premium, environmental (including Taxes under Code Section 59A), custom duties, capital stock, profits, withholding, information reporting, social security or similar Taxes, unemployment, disability, real property, registration, value added, windfall profits, severance, personal property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, capital, transfer, employment, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated or any other tax or governmental assessment of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, additions, or penalties with respect thereto and any interest in respect of such additions or penalties whether disputed or not.

 

Tax Return means any return, report, statement, or any other similar filing, including any schedule or attachment thereto and including any amendment thereof, required to be filed with any Governmental Authority with respect to any Tax.

 

Termination Date shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.1 .

 

Transaction Documents shall mean the Seller Transaction Documents and the Buyer Transaction Documents.

 

A-8




Exhibit 10.2

 

MODIFICATION, AND/OR REAFFIRMATION OF

COMMERCIAL LOAN GUARANTYAND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS MODIFICATION AND REAFFIRMATION OF COMMERCIAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the 24th day of December, 2012 by and among:

 

M&T BANK

a New York banking corporation

with its principal banking office at

One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203 (“Lender”)

 

and

HARDINGE INC.

a New York corporation

with a place of business at

One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902 (“Borrower”)

 

and

HARDINGE TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.

a New York corporation

with a place of business at

One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902 (“Guarantor”)

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Borrower executed a Replacement Daily Adjusting LIBOR Revolving Line Note dated December 16, 2011, in the original principal amount of up to $25,000,000.00 with an Expiration Date of March 31, 2013 ( the “Note”) (the “Loan”); and

 

WHEREAS, Guarantor jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed the prompt payment and performance of Borrower’s obligations to the Lender (as defined in the Guaranty) by Guaranty dated December 16, 2005 (the “Guaranty”); and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower’s and Guarantor’s respective obligations to the Lender are more fully set forth in a Credit Agreement dated December 16, 2012 (the “Loan Agreement”), reference being hereby made to the Loan Agreement for the definition of certain capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined; and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower’s obligations of payment and performance under the Note are secured by (i) a continuing first security interest on all non-realty assets of Borrower pursuant to a General Security Agreement dated December 16, 2011, and (ii) a Restated Pledge of Securities securing 65% of Borrower’s stock in Hardinge Holdings GmbH dated August 31, 2012 (“Stock

 



 

Pledge”), and Negative Pledge Agreement dated December 16, 2011 with respect to Guarantor’s interest in real property located at One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York; and

 

WHEREAS, as further security for the payment of the Loan and the Guaranty, and the performance by Borrower and Guarantor of all of their respective obligations under the Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower and Guarantor have also pledged and assigned to Lender, and given and granted to Lender, a security interest in certain Collateral, all as set forth in the Loan Agreement and General Security Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Note, Guaranty, Loan Agreement, Borrower and Guarantor executed and delivered various other documents, instruments, pledges and/or indemnities to Lender (including without limitation, the Note, the Loan Agreement, Restated Pledge of Securities, General Security Agreement, Negative Pledge Agreement, Guaranty, Irrevocable Stock or Bond Power, (hereinafter collectively, the “Loan Documents”); and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower and the Guarantor desire to extend the Expiration Date (as defined in the Note) to March 31, 2014 and modify the LIBOR Rate from 3.50 percentage point(s) above one-month LIBOR to 2.75 percentage point(s) above one-month LIBOR; and

 

WHEREAS, Lender has agreed to extend the Expiration Date to March 31, 2014 and modify the LIBOR Rate from 3.50 percentage point(s) above one-month LIBOR to 2.75 percentage point(s) above one month LIBOR upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and upon the payment by Borrower of a modification fee.

 

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.       As of the date hereof, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan is $2,500,000.00 .

 

2.       The Borrower shall execute a Replacement Note in the form attached here to as Exhibit A.

 

3.       The Schedule to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the Schedule attached hereto.

 

4.       The Loan Documents are hereby modified to the extent necessary to incorporate the terms contained in this Agreement.  Any default in this Agreement shall be an Event of Default as defined in the Note and Loan Agreement.

 

5.       The Borrower and Guarantor reaffirm all of the representations, warranties, covenants (both affirmative and negative), waivers and indemnities contained in the Loan Documents.  All of the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents are true and correct as if made on the date hereof.

 

6.       The Guarantor hereby consents to the modifications contained herein and hereby ratifies and confirms that (a) it jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantees to Lender the

 



 

payment and performance from and by Borrower of the Obligations of Borrower to Lender (as defined in the Guaranty) and (b) such Obligations include, without limitation, the Note and Loan Agreement, as modified hereby.  Guarantor acknowledges that its reaffirmation and ratification of its Guaranty is a material inducement for Lender to enter into this Agreement and that Lender would not do so without said reaffirmation and ratification.  This Agreement and the Guaranty are the Guarantor’s valid and binding obligation enforceable against them in accordance with their terms.

 

7.       The Borrower and the Guarantor represent, acknowledge and affirm that neither of them has any claim, defense, offset or counterclaim whatsoever against Lender with respect to the Note, Loan Agreement, Guaranty or any other Loan Document, or the modifications made herein, and that Lender is relying on this representation in agreeing to said modifications.  The Borrower and Guarantor further acknowledge that Lender would not agree to said modifications unless the Borrower and the Guarantor made the representations contained in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement freely and willingly, after due consultation with their attorneys.  Borrower further represents that this Agreement and all of the Loan Documents executed by it are its valid and binding obligations and enforceable in accordance with their terms and further represents that no Event of Default (as defined in the Note or Loan Agreement) has occurred nor has there occurred any event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

8.     In furtherance of the immediately preceding paragraph, Borrower and Guarantor hereby release, and forever discharge the Lender, its officers, agents, successors and assigns, from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, obligations and liabilities of any kind known or unknown which the Borrower or Guarantor have or may have as of the date hereof whether relating to the Note, Loan Agreement, Guaranty or any Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or consummated in connection herewith, or any negotiations in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

9.     The parties agree that nothing contained herein shall in any way impair the Note, Loan Agreement, Guaranty, or any Loan Document, and the Collateral shall remain in all respects subject to the lien, charge and encumbrance of the Loan Agreement and Loan Documents.  The parties further agree that nothing contained herein or modified pursuant to this Agreement shall affect or be construed to affect the lien, charge or encumbrance of or warranty of title in or conveyance affected by or the priority of the Loan Agreement, over other liens, charges and encumbrances, or release or affect the liability of any other party or parties who may now or hereafter be liable under, pursuant to, or on account of the Note and/or Loan Agreement and/or Loan Documents.

 

10.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the document to which they refer.  Except as modified by this Agreement, the Note, and all other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.  Borrower and Guarantor shall keep and perform all of the terms and agreements contained therein as may be applicable to them.

 



 

11.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, successors and assigns.  This Agreement may only be amended in writing.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the document to which it refers.

 

12.  This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts all of which shall constitute one document and shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York.

 

13.  THE BORROWER AND GUARANTOR WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ON ANY MATTER ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTE, LOAN AGREEMENT,  GUARANTY, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE FINANCING TRANSACTIONS OF WHICH THIS AGREEMENT IS A PART AND/OR THE DEFENSE OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF LENDER’S RIGHTS OR REMEDIES.  BORROWER AND GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY MAKE THIS WAIVER KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THEIR ATTORNEY.

 

14.  Borrower and Guarantor will, upon demand, furnish to the Lender such further information, and will execute and deliver such instruments or documents, and will do all such acts as the Lender may, at any time or from time to time, reasonably request, or as may be necessary or appropriate to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable first security interest of the Lender in the Collateral described in the Loan Agreement and Loan Documents. Borrower and Guarantor hereby authorize the filing by Lender of any and all financing statements and any subsequent amendments thereto with or without the Borrower’s or Guarantor’s signature.  Lender may, in its discretion, file all such financing statements with an “all assets of Debtor” Collateral description.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement to be executed and delivered on the day and year first above mentioned.

 

 

 

Hardinge, Inc .

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Name:

Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Title:

Vice President & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Richard L. Simons

 

 

Name:

Richard L. Simons

 

 

Title:

President

 



 

 

 

M&T Bank

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Susan A. Burtis

 

 

Name:

Susan A. Burtis

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

 

:SS.

 

 

 

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG

)

 

 

 

 

On 20th day of December, in the year 2012, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared EDWARD J. GAIO , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

/S/ Nancy L. Curren

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

 

:SS.

 

 

 

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG

)

 

 

 

 

On the 20th day of December, in the year 2012, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared RICHARD L. SIMONS , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is  subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

/S/ Nancy L. Curren

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

 

:SS.

 

 

 

COUNTY OF BROOME

)

 

 

 

 

On the 21st day of December in the year 2012, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared SUSAN A. BURTIS , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is  subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

/S/ Kelly J. Anderson

 

 

 

Notary Public

 



 

EXHBIIT A



 

GRAPHIC

 

REPLACEMENT DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR REVOLVING LINE NOTE

New York

 

December 24, 2012

 

$25,000,000.00

 

BORROWER (Name):  Hardinge Inc.

 

(Organizational Structure):  Corporation

 

(State Law organized under):  New York

 

(Address of residence/chief executive office):  One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902

 

BANK:        M&T BANK, a New York banking corporation with its principal banking office at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, NY 14203.  Attention: Office of General Counsel

 

1)            DEFINITIONS.   Each capitalized term shall have the meaning specified herein and the following terms shall have the indicated meanings:

 

a)              “Authorized Person” shall mean, each individually, Edward J. Gaio, as Vice President and CFO and Doug Malone, as Corporate Controller , or any other officer, employee or representative of Borrower who is authorized or designated as a signer of loan documents under the provisions of Borrower’s most recent resolutions or similar documents on file with the Bank.  Notwithstanding that individual names of Authorized Persons may have been provided to the Bank, the Bank shall be permitted at any time to rely solely on an individual’s title to ascertain whether that individual is an Authorized Person.

 

b)              “Base Rate” shall mean a rate per annum equal to 1.0 percentage point(s) above the rate of interest announced by the Bank from time to time as its prime rate of interest (“Prime Rate”).  If the prior blank is not completed, the Base Rate shall be two (2) percentage points above the Prime Rate.

 

c.                “Base Rate Loan” shall mean a Loan that accrues interest at the Base Rate.

 

d.               “Draw Date” shall mean, in relation to each Loan, the date that such Loan is made or deemed to be made to Borrower pursuant to this Note.

 

e.     “Expiration Date” shall mean March 31, 2014.

 

f.                 “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 th  of 1%) obtained by dividing (i) the applicable  London Interbank Offered Rate (see LIBOR Rate definition below), as fixed by the British Bankers Association for United States dollar deposits in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London, England time (or as soon thereafter as practicable) on the appropriate day in accordance with the terms of this Note, as determined by the Bank from any broker, quoting service or commonly available source utilized by the Bank, by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the stated maximum rate of all reserves required to be maintained against “Eurocurrency Liabilities” as specified in Regulation D (or against any other category of liabilities, which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on LIBOR Rate Loan(s) is determined, or any category of extensions of credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-United States’ office of a bank to United States’ residents) on such date to any member bank of the

 

7



 

Federal Reserve System.   Notwithstanding any provision above, the practice of rounding to determine LIBOR may be discontinued at any time in the Bank’s sole discretion.

 

g.               “LIBOR Rate” shall mean the rate per annum equal to :

·       2.75  percentage point(s) above one-month LIBOR, adjusting daily.

 

h.               “LIBOR Rate Loan” shall mean any Loan that accrues interest at a LIBOR Rate, as determined by the Bank.

 

i.      “Loan” shall mean any advance of funds made to Borrower by the Bank pursuant to this Note.

 

j.                  “London Business Day” shall mean any day on which dealings in United States dollar deposits are carried on by banking institutions in the London interbank market.

 

k.               “Maximum Principal Amount” shall mean Twenty-Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000,000.00) .

 

l.     “New York Business Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to remain closed for business.

 

m.   “Outstanding Principal Amount” shall mean, at any point in time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans made pursuant to this Note.

 

2)            PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, INTEREST AND EXPENSES.

 

a)    Promise to Pay.   For value received, and intending to be legally bound, Borrower promises to pay to the order of the Bank, on the Expiration Date , the Maximum Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount, if less, plus interest as set forth below and all fees and costs (including without limitation the Bank’s attorneys’ fees and disbursements, whether for internal or outside counsel) the Bank incurs in order to collect any amount due under this Note, to negotiate or document a workout or restructuring, or to preserve its rights or realize upon any guaranty or other security for the payment of this Note (“Expenses”).

 

b)    Interest.   Each Loan shall earn interest on the Outstanding Principal Amount thereof calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days of each year (365 or 366), as follows:

 

i)             LIBOR Rate Loans .   Interest shall accrue each day on any LIBOR Rate Loan, from and including the Draw Date to, but not including, the date such LIBOR Rate Loan is paid in full (or converts to a Base Rate Loan), at the LIBOR Rate in effect for that day.  The applicable LIBOR Rate shall be determined each day using LIBOR in effect for that day, which, if such day is not a London Business Day, shall have been fixed on the nearest preceding London Business Day.

 

ii)            Base Rate Loans .   Interest shall accrue each day on any Base Rate Loan, from and including the first day a Loan becomes a Base Rate Loan to, but not including, the day such Base Rate Loan is paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect each day.  Any change in the Base Rate resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date of such change.

 

c)     Maximum Legal Rate.  It is the intent of the Bank and Borrower that in no event shall interest be payable at a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Legal Rate”).  Solely to the extent necessary to prevent interest under this Note from exceeding the Maximum Legal Rate, any amount that would be treated as excessive under a final judicial interpretation of applicable law shall be deemed to have been a mistake and automatically canceled, and, if received by the Bank, shall be refunded to Borrower.

 

d)    Intentionally omitted.

 

e.     Payments.  Payments shall be made in immediately available United States funds at any banking office of the Bank.

 

8



 

f.      Preauthorized Transfers from Deposit Account.   If a deposit account number is provided in the following blank, Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to debit Borrower’s deposit account #                                             with the Bank automatically for any amount which becomes due under this Note.

 

g.     Late Charge.   If Borrower fails to pay, within five (5) days of its due date, any amount due and owing pursuant to this Note or any other agreement executed and delivered to the Bank in connection with this Note, Borrower shall immediately pay to the Bank a late charge equal to the greatest of (a) $50.00, (b) five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, or (c) the Bank’s then current late charge as announced by the Bank from time to time. Notwithstanding the above, if this Note is secured by a one- to six-family owner-occupied residence, the late charge shall equal 2% of the delinquent amount and shall be payable if payment is not received within fifteen days of its due date.

 

h.     Default Rate.        If the Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note, the interest rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount  shall immediately and automatically increase to five (5) percentage points per year above the otherwise applicable rate per year, and any judgment entered hereon or otherwise in connection with any suit to collect amounts due hereunder shall bear interest at such default rate.

 

i.       Interest Accrual; Application of Payments.   Interest will continue to accrue on the Outstanding Principal Amount until the Outstanding Principal Amount is paid in full.  All installment payments (excluding voluntary prepayments of principal) will be applied as of the date each payment is received and processed.  Payments may be applied in any order in the sole discretion of the Bank, but, prior to demand for payment in full, may be applied chronologically (i.e., oldest invoice first) to unpaid amounts due and owing, in the following order: first to accrued interest, then to principal, then to late charges and other fees, and then to all other Expenses.

 

3)            CREDIT AVAILABILITY.

 

a)    General.   This Note is issued by Borrower to the Bank in connection with a certain line of credit or loan limit made available by the Bank to Borrower (the “Credit”).  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Loan advanced hereunder shall be in the form of a LIBOR Rate Loan.

 

b.     Authorized Representatives.   The Bank may make any Loan pursuant to the Credit in reliance upon any oral, telephonic, written, teletransmitted or other request (the “Request(s)”) that the Bank in good faith believes to be valid and to have been made by Borrower or on behalf of Borrower by an Authorized Person.  The Bank may act on the Request of any Authorized Person until the Bank shall have received from Borrower, and had a reasonable time to act on, written notice revoking the authority of such Authorized Person.  Borrower acknowledges that the transmission between Borrower and Bank of any Request or other instructions with respect to the Credit involves the possibility of errors, omissions, misinterpretations, fraud and mistakes, and agrees to adopt such internal measures and operational procedures as may be necessary to prevent such occurrences.  By reason thereof, Borrower hereby assumes all risk of loss and responsibility for, and releases and discharges the Bank from any and all responsibility or liability for, and agrees to indemnify, reimburse on demand and hold Bank harmless from, any and all claims, actions, damages, losses, liability and expenses by reason of, arising out of, or in any way connected with or related to: (i) Bank’s accepting, relying on and acting upon any Request or other instructions with respect to the Credit; or (ii) any such error, omission, misinterpretation, fraud or mistake, provided such error, omission, misinterpretation, fraud or mistake is not directly caused by the Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Bank shall incur no liability to Borrower or to any other person as a direct or indirect result of making any Loan pursuant to this paragraph.

 

c.      Lending Limit .  Any Request for a Loan hereunder shall be limited in amount, such that the sum of (i) the principal amount of such Request; (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount under this Note; and (iii) the aggregate face amounts of (or, if greater, Borrower’s aggregate reimbursement obligations to the Bank (or any of its affiliates) in connection with) any letters of credit issued by the Bank (or any of its affiliates) at the request (or for the benefit) of Borrower, pursuant to this Credit; does not exceed the Maximum Principal Amount under this Note.

 

9



 

d.     Revolving Credit.  This Note evidences a revolving Credit.  Subject to all applicable provisions in this Note and in any and all other agreements between the Borrower and the Bank related hereto, the Borrower may borrow, pay, prepay and reborrow hereunder at any time prior to the Expiration Date .  Notwithstanding that, from time to time, there may be no amounts outstanding respecting this Note, this Note shall continue in full force and effect until all obligations and liabilities evidenced by this Note are paid in full and the Credit evidenced by this Note has been terminated by the Bank.

 

e.     Request for LIBOR Rate Loans.   In making any Request for a Loan, Borrower shall specify the aggregate amount of such Loan and the Draw Date; provided, however, if a Request is received by the Bank after 2:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) on any given day, the earliest possible Draw Date will be the next New York Business Day; and

 

f.     Delivery of Requests.   Delivery of a Request for a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be made to the Bank at the following address, or such other address designated by the Bank from time to time:

 

M&T Bank

 

68 Exchange Street

 

2 nd  Floor

 

Binghamton, New York  13901

 

Attn: Susan A. Burtis

 

Fax No.  (607) 779-2346

 

Telephone No.  (607) 779-5902

 

4)            CONVERSION UPON DEFAULT.  Unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing, if (i) Borrower fails to pay when due, in whole or in part, the indebtedness under the Note (whether by demand or otherwise), or (ii) there exists a condition or event which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice or both, shall constitute an event of default under any of Borrower’s agreement with the Bank, if any, the Bank, in its sole discretion, may convert any LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan.  Nothing herein shall be construed to be a waiver by the Bank to have any Loan accrue interest at the Default Rate of interest (which shall be calculated from the higher of the LIBOR Rate or the Base Rate, as described above).

 

5)            RIGHT OF SETOFF.   The Bank shall have the right to set off against the amounts owing under this Note any property held in a deposit or other account with the Bank or any of its affiliates or otherwise owing by the Bank or any of its affiliates in any capacity to Borrower or any guarantor or endorser of this Note.  Such setoff shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately at the time the Bank or such affiliate elects to do so.

 

6)            BANK RECORDS CONCLUSIVE.   The Bank shall set forth on a schedule attached to this Note or maintained on computer, the date and original principal amount of each Loan and the date and amount of each payment to be applied to the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note.  The Outstanding Principal Amount set forth on any such schedule shall be presumptive evidence of the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note and of all Loans.  No failure by the Bank to make, and no error by the Bank in making, any annotation on any such schedule shall affect the Borrower’s obligation to pay the principal and interest of each Loan or any other obligation of Borrower to the Bank pursuant to this Note.

 

7)            PURPOSE.   Borrower certifies (a) that no Loan will be used to purchase margin stock except with the Bank’s express prior written consent for each such purchase and (b) that all Loans shall be used for a business purpose, and not for any personal, family or household purpose.

 

10


 

8)                                      AUTHORIZATION.   Borrower, if a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, represents that it is duly organized and in good standing or duly constituted in the state of its organization and is duly authorized to do business in all jurisdictions material to the conduct of its business; that the execution, delivery and performance of this Note have been duly authorized by all necessary regulatory and corporate or partnership action or by its governing instrument; that this Note has been duly executed by an authorized officer, partner or trustee and constitutes a binding obligation enforceable against Borrower and not in violation of any law, court order or agreement by which Borrower is bound; and that Borrower’s performance is not threatened by any pending or threatened litigation.

 

9)                                      INABILITY TO DETERMINE LIBOR RATES, INCREASED COSTS, ILLEGALITY.

 

a)              Increased Costs.   If the Bank shall determine that, due to either (a) the introduction of any change in law (other than any change by way of imposition of or increase in reserve requirements included in the calculation of the LIBOR) or in the interpretation of any requirement of law, or (b) the compliance requirements for any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to the Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loans, then Borrower shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand therefor by the Bank, pay to the Bank such additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increased costs.

 

b)              Inability to Determine Rates.   If the Bank shall determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan, the Bank will give notice of such determination to Borrower.  Thereafter, the Bank may not make or maintain, as the case may be, LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder until the Bank revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Bank may convert any LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and Borrower may revoke any pending Request that Borrower previously made for a LIBOR Rate Loan.  If Borrower does not revoke any such Request, the Bank may make the Loans, as proposed by Borrower, in the amount specified in the applicable Request submitted by Borrower, but such Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans instead of LIBOR Rate Loans.

 

c)               Illegality.   If the Bank shall determine that the introduction of any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule, regulation, guideline or determination of an arbitrator or of a governmental authority or in the interpretation or administration thereof, has made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other governmental authority has asserted that it is unlawful for the Bank to make LIBOR Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Bank to Borrower, the Bank may suspend the making of LIBOR Rate Loans until the Bank shall have notified Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination shall no longer exist.  If the Bank shall determine that it is unlawful to maintain any LIBOR Rate Loans, Borrower shall immediately pay to the Bank the aggregate principal amount of all LIBOR Rate Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest and related Expenses.  If Borrower is required to pay off any LIBOR Rate Loan as set forth in this subsection, then concurrently with such payment, Borrower may borrow from the Bank, in the amount of such payment, a Base Rate Loan.

 

10)                               MISCELLANEOUS.   This Note, together with any related loan and security agreements and guaranties, contains the entire agreement between the Bank and Borrower with respect to the Note, and supersedes every course of dealing, other conduct, oral agreement and representation previously made by the Bank.  All rights and remedies of the Bank under applicable law and this Note or amendment of any provision of this Note are cumulative and not exclusive.  No single, partial or delayed exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy shall preclude the subsequent exercise by the Bank at any time of any right or remedy of the Bank without notice.  No waiver or amendment of any provision of this Note shall be effective unless made specifically in writing by the Bank.  No course of dealing or other conduct, no oral agreement or representation made by the Bank, and no usage of trade, shall operate as a waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank.  No waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank shall be effective unless made specifically in writing by the Bank.  Borrower agrees that in any legal proceeding, a copy of this Note kept in the Bank’s course of business may be admitted into evidence as an original.  This Note is a binding obligation enforceable against Borrower and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns.  If a court deems any provision of this Note invalid, the remainder of the Note shall remain in effect.  Section headings are for convenience only.  Singular number includes plural and neuter gender includes masculine and feminine as appropriate.

 

11)                               NOTICES.   Any demand or notice hereunder or under any applicable law pertaining hereto shall be in writing and duly given if delivered to Borrower (at its address on the Bank’s records) or to the Bank (at the address on page one and separately to the Bank officer responsible for

 

11



 

Borrower’s relationship with the Bank).  Such notice or demand shall be deemed sufficiently given for all purposes when delivered (i) by personal delivery and shall be deemed effective when delivered, or (ii) by mail or courier and shall be deemed effective three (3) New York Business Days after deposit in an official depository maintained by the United States Post Office for the collection of mail or one (1) New York Business Day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight courier service ( e.g., Federal Express).  Notice by e-mail is not valid notice under this or any other agreement between Borrower and the Bank.

 

12)                               JOINT AND SEVERAL.   If there is more than one Borrower, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for all amounts which become due under this Note and the term “Borrower” shall include each as well as all of them.

 

13)                               GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.   This Note has been delivered to and accepted by the Bank and will be deemed to be made in the State of New York.  Except as provided under federal law, this Note will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York excluding its conflict of laws rules.  BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN A COUNTY OR JUDICIAL DISTRICT WHERE THE BANK MAINTAINS A BRANCH, AND CONSENTS THAT THE BANK MAY EFFECT ANY SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER AND AT BORROWER’S ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE FOR PROVIDING NOTICE OR DEMAND; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS NOTE WILL PREVENT THE BANK FROM BRINGING ANY ACTION, ENFORCING ANY AWARD OR JUDGMENT OR EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER INDIVIDUALLY, AGAINST ANY SECURITY OR AGAINST ANY PROPERTY OF BORROWER WITHIN ANY OTHER COUNTY, STATE OR OTHER FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC JURISDICTION.   Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both the Bank and Borrower.  Borrower waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Note.

 

14)                               WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  BORROWER AND THE BANK HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY BORROWER AND THE BANK MAY HAVE IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING, IN LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.  BORROWER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF THE BANK HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WILL NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BANK HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS NOTE BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.

 

x                                  Amended and Restated Note.   The Borrower acknowledges, agrees and understands that this Note is given in replacement of and in substitution for, but not in payment of, a prior Replacement Daily Adjusting Libor Revolving Line Note dated on or ab out December 16, 2011, in the original principal amount of $25,000,000.00, given by Borrower in favor of the Bank, as the same may have been amended or modified from time to time (“Prior Note”), , and further, that: (a) the obligations of the Borrower as evidenced by the Prior Note shall continue in full force and effect, as amended and restated by this Note, all of such obligations being hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower; (b) any and all liens, pledges, assignments and security interests securing the Borrower’s obligations under the Prior Note shall continue in full force and effect, are hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower, and are hereby acknowledged by the Borrower to secure, among other things, all of the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under this Note, with the same priority, operation and effect as that relating to the obligations under the Prior Note; and (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed to extinguish, release, or discharge, or constitute, create, or effect a novation of, or an agreement to extinguish, the obligations of the Borrower with respect to the indebtedness originally described in the Prior Note or any of the liens, pledges, assignments and security interests securing such obligations.

 

12



 

Acknowledgment.   Borrower acknowledges that it has read and understands all the provisions of this Note, including the Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Waiver of Jury Trial , and has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.

 

 

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Edward J. Gaio

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President and CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Typed Name of Witness

 

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

:SS.

 

 

 

 

COUNTY OF

 

)

 

 

13



 

On                      day of December, in the year 2012, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared EDWARD J. GAIO , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

14



 

FOR BANK USE ONLY

 

Authorization Confirmed:

 

Product Code: 11900

 

Disbursement of Funds:

 

Credit A/C

#

Off Ck

#

Payoff Obligation

#

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

15



 

EXHIBIT B

 

16



 

SCHEDULE

 

Additional Representations and Warranties (§2)

 

1.                                       Judgments and Litigation.   None

 

Additional Affirmative Covenants (§3)

 

1.                                       Accounts.  Borrower shall maintain a lock box with the Bank into which Borrower shall cause to be deposited monies payable to it by account debtors.  The Borrower shall maintain an interest bearing account for excess cash balances.

 

2.                                       The existing outstanding letters of credit of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be blocked against the Loan and advances thereunder.

 

3.                                       Borrower shall provide to the Bank monthly, Borrowing Base Certificates in form and content satisfactory to the Bank.  “Borrowing Base Certificates” shall mean a report of the Borrower, in the form required by the Bank, certified as true and correct by a responsible officer of the Borrower.

 

Permitted Indebtedness (§4(a)):

 

1.                                       the Obligations;

 

2.                                       Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

3.                                       Indebtedness that is the subject of that certain Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement between Bank and Keybank International Association dated November 29, 2011, as amended November 29, 2012 in the amount of $1,500,000.00, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof.

 

4.                                       Indebtedness of the Borrower to Chemung Canal Trust Company in the amount of up to $3,000,000.00, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof.

 

5.                                       Indebtedness of Borrower and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries to Bank of America, N.A. in connection with foreign exchange transactions which is secured by certain domestic assets of Borrower  up to $4,000,000.00 at any given time and subject to an Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 13, 2011, as amended July 27, 2012, between Bank and Bank of America, N.A., and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof.

 

6.                                       In connection with the acquisition of the stock of USACH Technologies, Inc. (“USACH”) for an aggregate purchase price of up to $18,000,000 (the “USACH Investment”), plus or minus a customary working capital adjustment, comprised, in part, of certain contingent indebtedness based on future earnings (the “Contingent Payment Obligation”), pursuant to which USACH became a subsidiary of Borrower:

 

a.  Indebtedness of USACH to American Chartered Bank in the form of a secured revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of up to $2,000,000.00, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof, which Indebtedness is guaranteed by Borrower, and

 

17



 

b.  Indebtedness of Borrower to the former owners of USACH under the Contingent Payment Obligation, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof.

 

Permitted Guaranties (§4(b)):

 

Guaranties by the Borrower of indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, and any other Guaranties constituting indebtedness permitted by Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Permitted Liens (§4(c)) means and includes:

 

1.                                       pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

2.                                       deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

3.                                       judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6(a);

 

4.                                       easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

5.                                       existing liens set forth on Schedule 4(c) hereto.

 

Permitted Investments (§4(d)) means:

 

1.                                       direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

2.                                       investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a short-term commercial paper rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, or being guaranteed by any industrial company with a long term unsecured debt rating of at least A or A2, or the equivalent of each thereof, from S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be;

 

3.                                       investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

 

18



 

4.                                       fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause #1 above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause #3 above;

 

5.                                       money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000;

 

Permitted Loans (§4(e)):

 

Investments, capital contributions, loans or advances made by the Borrower in or to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower in excess of an aggregate amount of $10,000,000.00 outstanding at any one time.  Existing investments, the USACH Investment, and capital contributions by Borrower in any Subsidiary are permitted and are not considered Loans for purposes of the limitations of this Section. In addition, the Parties hereto acknowledge that the Borrower is in the process of contributing its shares of Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited to Hardinge Holdings, B.V. in exchange for the shares of Hardinge Holdings, B.V. after which time Borrower will then contribute its shares in Hardinge Holdings, B.V. to Hardinge Holdings, GmbH in exchange for additional capital in Hardinge Holdings, GmbH.  This transfer and subsequent additional capital shall not be considered Loans for the purposes of the limitations of this Section.

 

Additional Miscellaneous Covenants (§11)

 

1.                                       Advance Formula.  Advances made pursuant to this revolving credit facility shall be limited to a maximum of the line amount or the sum of 80% of Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory.

 

2.                                       Unused Portion Fee.  The Bank will assess an unused portion fee of 3/8% quarterly on the daily unused portion of the commitment to be assessed in arrears at the end of each quarter.  The Bank will bill the Borrower based on this calculation at the end of each quarter during the Loan.  The Borrower shall pay the Bank such unused portion fee promptly upon receipt of invoice for same.

 

19



 

SCHEDULE 4(C)

 

EXISTING LIENS

 

(A)

 

Debtor

 

Secured Party

 

Jurisdiction

 

Filing Information

 

Collateral

Hardinge Machine Tools Limited

 

Hormann (UK) Limited

 

UC Companies House; England and Wales

 

Registered 02/09/2005

 

The deposit account and all money from time to time placed in the deposit account in accordance with a certain rent deposit deed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Machine Tools Limited

 

HMT Trustees Limited, as Trustee of the Hardinge Machine Tools Limited Staff

 

UK Companies House; England and Wales

 

To be registered following completion

 

Debenture granting security over all assets to secure performance of obligations under deficit recovery plan in connection with £0.9 million deficit of the Hardinge Machine Tools Limited Staff Pensions Scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG (as successor by merger to HTT Hauser Tripet Tschudin, Ag)

 

UBS AG

 

Switzerland

 

10/30/2009

 

Mortgage on real property in Biel, Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited

 

Mega International Commercial Bank

 

Taiwan

 

06/2006

 

Mortgage on real property in Taiwan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG

 

Credit Suisse

 

Switzerland

 

8/20/2009

 

Mortgage on real property in St. Gallen, Switzerland

 

20



 

Hardinge, Inc.

 

KeyBank National Association

 

New York

 

New York SOS — Filing No. 201112018402949

 

All personal property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd

 

China Construction Bank, Jiaxing Branch

 

China

 

N/A

 

Mortgage on land use right and construction in process

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge, Inc.

 

The Robert E. Morris Company

 

New York

 

New York SOS — Filing No. 201203028075963

 

Specific Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge, Inc.

 

Machine Tool Systems, LLC

 

New York

 

New York SOS — Filing No. 201203218099177

 

Specific Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge, Inc.

 

Bank of America, N.A

 

New York

 

New York SOS — Filing No. 201206110331952

 

All assets

 

(B)                                A lien in favor of American Chartered Bank on all personal property assets of USACH Technologies, Inc. securing indebtedness of USACH Technologies, Inc. to American Chartered Bank.

 

21




Exhibit 10.3

 

GRAPHIC

 

REPLACEMENT DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR REVOLVING LINE NOTE

New York

 

December 24, 2012

 

$25,000,000.00

 

 

BORROWER (Name):  Hardinge Inc.

(Organizational Structure):  Corporation

(State Law organized under):  New York

(Address of residence/chief executive office):  One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902

 

BANK:        M&T BANK, a New York banking corporation with its principal banking office at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, NY 14203.  Attention: Office of General Counsel

 

1.               DEFINITIONS.   Each capitalized term shall have the meaning specified herein and the following terms shall have the indicated meanings:

 

a.               “Authorized Person” shall mean, each individually, Edward J. Gaio, as Vice President and CFO and Doug Malone, as Corporate Controller , or any other officer, employee or representative of Borrower who is authorized or designated as a signer of loan documents under the provisions of Borrower’s most recent resolutions or similar documents on file with the Bank.  Notwithstanding that individual names of Authorized Persons may have been provided to the Bank, the Bank shall be permitted at any time to rely solely on an individual’s title to ascertain whether that individual is an Authorized Person.

b.               “Base Rate” shall mean a rate per annum equal to 1.0 percentage point(s) above the rate of interest announced by the Bank from time to time as its prime rate of interest (“Prime Rate”).  If the prior blank is not completed, the Base Rate shall be two (2) percentage points above the Prime Rate.

c.                “Base Rate Loan” shall mean a Loan that accrues interest at the Base Rate.

d.               “Draw Date” shall mean, in relation to each Loan, the date that such Loan is made or deemed to be made to Borrower pursuant to this Note.

e.                “Expiration Date” shall mean March 31, 2014.

f.                 “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 th  of 1%) obtained by dividing (i) the applicable  London Interbank Offered Rate (see LIBOR Rate definition below), as fixed by the British Bankers Association for United States dollar deposits in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London, England time (or as soon thereafter as practicable) on the appropriate day in accordance with the terms of this Note, as determined by the Bank from any broker, quoting service or commonly available source utilized by the Bank, by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the stated maximum rate of all reserves required to be maintained against “Eurocurrency Liabilities” as specified in Regulation D (or against any other category of liabilities, which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on LIBOR Rate Loan(s) is determined, or any category of extensions of credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-United States’ office of a bank to United States’ residents) on such date to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System.   Notwithstanding any provision above, the practice of rounding to determine LIBOR may be discontinued at any time in the Bank’s sole discretion.

g.               “LIBOR Rate” shall mean the rate per annum equal to :

·       2.75  percentage point(s) above one-month LIBOR, adjusting daily.

 

h.               “LIBOR Rate Loan” shall mean any Loan that accrues interest at a LIBOR Rate, as determined by the Bank.

i.                  “Loan” shall mean any advance of funds made to Borrower by the Bank pursuant to this Note.

j.                  “London Business Day” shall mean any day on which dealings in United States dollar deposits are carried on by banking institutions in the London interbank market.

k.               “Maximum Principal Amount” shall mean Twenty-Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000,000.00) .

l.                  “New York Business Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to remain closed for business.

m.           “Outstanding Principal Amount” shall mean, at any point in time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans made pursuant to this Note.

 

2.               PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, INTEREST AND EXPENSES.

 

a.               Promise to Pay.   For value received, and intending to be legally bound, Borrower promises to pay to the order of the Bank, on the Expiration Date , the Maximum Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount, if less, plus interest as set forth below and all fees and costs (including without limitation the Bank’s attorneys’ fees and disbursements, whether for internal or outside counsel) the Bank incurs in order to collect any amount due under this Note, to negotiate or document a workout or restructuring, or to preserve its rights or realize upon any guaranty or other security for the payment of this Note (“Expenses”).

 

b.               Interest.   Each Loan shall earn interest on the Outstanding Principal Amount thereof calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days of each year (365 or 366), as follows:

 

1



 

i.                                          LIBOR Rate Loans .   Interest shall accrue each day on any LIBOR Rate Loan, from and including the Draw Date to, but not including, the date such LIBOR Rate Loan is paid in full (or converts to a Base Rate Loan), at the LIBOR Rate in effect for that day.  The applicable LIBOR Rate shall be determined each day using LIBOR in effect for that day, which, if such day is not a London Business Day, shall have been fixed on the nearest preceding London Business Day.

 

ii.                                      Base Rate Loans .   Interest shall accrue each day on any Base Rate Loan, from and including the first day a Loan becomes a Base Rate Loan to, but not including, the day such Base Rate Loan is paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect each day.  Any change in the Base Rate resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date of such change.

 

c.                Maximum Legal Rate.  It is the intent of the Bank and Borrower that in no event shall interest be payable at a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Legal Rate”).  Solely to the extent necessary to prevent interest under this Note from exceeding the Maximum Legal Rate, any amount that would be treated as excessive under a final judicial interpretation of applicable law shall be deemed to have been a mistake and automatically canceled, and, if received by the Bank, shall be refunded to Borrower.

 

d.               Intentionally omitted.

 

e.                Payments.  Payments shall be made in immediately available United States funds at any banking office of the Bank.

 

f.                 Preauthorized Transfers from Deposit Account.   If a deposit account number is provided in the following blank, Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to debit Borrower’s deposit account #                                             with the Bank automatically for any amount which becomes due under this Note.

 

g.               Late Charge.   If Borrower fails to pay, within five (5) days of its due date, any amount due and owing pursuant to this Note or any other agreement executed and delivered to the Bank in connection with this Note, Borrower shall immediately pay to the Bank a late charge equal to the greatest of (a) $50.00, (b) five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, or (c) the Bank’s then current late charge as announced by the Bank from time to time. Notwithstanding the above, if this Note is secured by a one- to six-family owner-occupied residence, the late charge shall equal 2% of the delinquent amount and shall be payable if payment is not received within fifteen days of its due date.

 

h.               Default Rate.   If the Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note, the interest rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount shall immediately and automatically increase to five (5) percentage points per year above the otherwise applicable rate per year, and any judgment entered hereon or otherwise in connection with any suit to collect amounts due hereunder shall bear interest at such default rate.

 

i.                  Interest Accrual; Application of Payments.   Interest will continue to accrue on the Outstanding Principal Amount until the Outstanding Principal Amount is paid in full.  All installment payments (excluding voluntary prepayments of principal) will be applied as of the date each payment is received and processed.  Payments may be applied in any order in the sole discretion of the Bank, but, prior to demand for payment in full, may be applied chronologically (i.e., oldest invoice first) to unpaid amounts due and owing, in the following order: first to accrued interest, then to principal, then to late charges and other fees, and then to all other Expenses.

 

3.               CREDIT AVAILABILITY.

 

a.               General.   This Note is issued by Borrower to the Bank in connection with a certain line of credit or loan limit made available by the Bank to Borrower (the “Credit”).  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Loan advanced hereunder shall be in the form of a LIBOR Rate Loan.

 

b.               Authorized Representatives.   The Bank may make any Loan pursuant to the Credit in reliance upon any oral, telephonic, written, teletransmitted or other request (the “Request(s)”) that the Bank in good faith believes to be valid and to have been made by Borrower or on behalf of Borrower by an Authorized Person.  The Bank may act on the Request of any Authorized Person until the Bank shall have received from Borrower, and had a reasonable time to act on, written notice revoking the authority of such Authorized Person.  Borrower acknowledges that the transmission between Borrower and Bank of any Request or other instructions with respect to the Credit involves the possibility of errors, omissions, misinterpretations, fraud and mistakes, and agrees to adopt such internal measures and operational procedures as may be necessary to prevent such occurrences.  By reason thereof, Borrower hereby assumes all risk of loss and responsibility for, and releases and discharges the Bank from any and all responsibility or liability for, and agrees to indemnify, reimburse on demand and hold Bank harmless from, any and all claims, actions, damages, losses, liability and expenses by reason of, arising out of, or in any way connected with or related to: (i) Bank’s accepting, relying on and acting upon any Request or other instructions with respect to the Credit; or (ii) any such error, omission, misinterpretation, fraud or mistake, provided such error, omission, misinterpretation, fraud or mistake is not directly caused by the Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Bank shall incur no liability to Borrower or to any other person as a direct or indirect result of making any Loan pursuant to this paragraph.

 

c.                Lending Limit .  Any Request for a Loan hereunder shall be limited in amount, such that the sum of (i) the principal amount of such Request; (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount under this Note; and (iii) the aggregate face amounts of (or, if greater, Borrower’s aggregate reimbursement obligations to the Bank (or any of its affiliates) in connection with) any letters of credit issued by the Bank (or any of its affiliates) at the request (or for the benefit) of Borrower, pursuant to this Credit; does not exceed the Maximum Principal Amount under this Note.

 

d.               Revolving Credit.  This Note evidences a revolving Credit.  Subject to all applicable provisions in this Note and in any and all other agreements between the Borrower and the Bank related hereto, the Borrower may borrow, pay, prepay and reborrow hereunder at any time prior to the Expiration Date .  Notwithstanding that, from time to time, there may be no amounts outstanding respecting this Note, this Note shall continue in full force and effect until all obligations and liabilities evidenced by this Note are paid in full and the Credit evidenced by this Note has been terminated by the Bank.

 

2



 

e.                Request for LIBOR Rate Loans.   In making any Request for a Loan, Borrower shall specify the aggregate amount of such Loan and the Draw Date; provided, however, if a Request is received by the Bank after 2:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) on any given day, the earliest possible Draw Date will be the next New York Business Day; and

 

f.                 Delivery of Requests.   Delivery of a Request for a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be made to the Bank at the following address, or such other address designated by the Bank from time to time:

 

M&T Bank

68 Exchange Street

2 nd  Floor

Binghamton, New York  13901

Attn: Susan A. Burtis

 

Fax No.  (607) 779-2346

Telephone No.  (607) 779-5902

 

4.               CONVERSION UPON DEFAULT.  Unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing, if (i) Borrower fails to pay when due, in whole or in part, the indebtedness under the Note (whether by demand or otherwise), or (ii) there exists a condition or event which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice or both, shall constitute an event of default under any of Borrower’s agreement with the Bank, if any, the Bank, in its sole discretion, may convert any LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan.  Nothing herein shall be construed to be a waiver by the Bank to have any Loan accrue interest at the Default Rate of interest (which shall be calculated from the higher of the LIBOR Rate or the Base Rate, as described above).

 

5.               RIGHT OF SETOFF.   The Bank shall have the right to set off against the amounts owing under this Note any property held in a deposit or other account with the Bank or any of its affiliates or otherwise owing by the Bank or any of its affiliates in any capacity to Borrower or any guarantor or endorser of this Note.  Such setoff shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately at the time the Bank or such affiliate elects to do so.

 

6.               BANK RECORDS CONCLUSIVE.   The Bank shall set forth on a schedule attached to this Note or maintained on computer, the date and original principal amount of each Loan and the date and amount of each payment to be applied to the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note.  The Outstanding Principal Amount set forth on any such schedule shall be presumptive evidence of the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note and of all Loans.  No failure by the Bank to make, and no error by the Bank in making, any annotation on any such schedule shall affect the Borrower’s obligation to pay the principal and interest of each Loan or any other obligation of Borrower to the Bank pursuant to this Note.

 

7.               PURPOSE.   Borrower certifies (a) that no Loan will be used to purchase margin stock except with the Bank’s express prior written consent for each such purchase and (b) that all Loans shall be used for a business purpose, and not for any personal, family or household purpose.

 

8.               AUTHORIZATION.   Borrower, if a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, represents that it is duly organized and in good standing or duly constituted in the state of its organization and is duly authorized to do business in all jurisdictions material to the conduct of its business; that the execution, delivery and performance of this Note have been duly authorized by all necessary regulatory and corporate or partnership action or by its governing instrument; that this Note has been duly executed by an authorized officer, partner or trustee and constitutes a binding obligation enforceable against Borrower and not in violation of any law, court order or agreement by which Borrower is bound; and that Borrower’s performance is not threatened by any pending or threatened litigation.

 

9.               INABILITY TO DETERMINE LIBOR RATES, INCREASED COSTS, ILLEGALITY.

 

a.               Increased Costs.   If the Bank shall determine that, due to either (a) the introduction of any change in law (other than any change by way of imposition of or increase in reserve requirements included in the calculation of the LIBOR) or in the interpretation of any requirement of law, or (b) the compliance requirements for any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to the Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loans, then Borrower shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand therefor by the Bank, pay to the Bank such additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increased costs.

 

b.               Inability to Determine Rates.   If the Bank shall determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan, the Bank will give notice of such determination to Borrower.  Thereafter, the Bank may not make or maintain, as the case may be, LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder until the Bank revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Bank may convert any LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and Borrower may revoke any pending Request that Borrower previously made for a LIBOR Rate Loan.  If Borrower does not revoke any such Request, the Bank may make the Loans, as proposed by Borrower, in the amount specified in the applicable Request submitted by Borrower, but such Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans instead of LIBOR Rate Loans.

 

c.                Illegality.   If the Bank shall determine that the introduction of any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule, regulation, guideline or determination of an arbitrator or of a governmental authority or in the interpretation or administration thereof, has made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other governmental authority has asserted that it is unlawful for the Bank to make LIBOR Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Bank to Borrower, the Bank may suspend the making of LIBOR Rate Loans until the Bank shall have notified Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination shall no longer exist.  If the Bank shall determine that it is unlawful to maintain any LIBOR Rate Loans, Borrower shall immediately pay to the Bank the aggregate principal amount of all LIBOR Rate Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest and related Expenses.  If Borrower is required to pay off any LIBOR Rate Loan as set forth in this subsection, then concurrently with such payment, Borrower may borrow from the Bank, in the amount of such payment, a Base Rate Loan.

 

3



 

10.        MISCELLANEOUS.   This Note, together with any related loan and security agreements and guaranties, contains the entire agreement between the Bank and Borrower with respect to the Note, and supersedes every course of dealing, other conduct, oral agreement and representation previously made by the Bank.  All rights and remedies of the Bank under applicable law and this Note or amendment of any provision of this Note are cumulative and not exclusive.  No single, partial or delayed exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy shall preclude the subsequent exercise by the Bank at any time of any right or remedy of the Bank without notice.  No waiver or amendment of any provision of this Note shall be effective unless made specifically in writing by the Bank.  No course of dealing or other conduct, no oral agreement or representation made by the Bank, and no usage of trade, shall operate as a waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank.  No waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank shall be effective unless made specifically in writing by the Bank.  Borrower agrees that in any legal proceeding, a copy of this Note kept in the Bank’s course of business may be admitted into evidence as an original.  This Note is a binding obligation enforceable against Borrower and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns.  If a court deems any provision of this Note invalid, the remainder of the Note shall remain in effect.  Section headings are for convenience only.  Singular number includes plural and neuter gender includes masculine and feminine as appropriate.

 

11.        NOTICES.   Any demand or notice hereunder or under any applicable law pertaining hereto shall be in writing and duly given if delivered to Borrower (at its address on the Bank’s records) or to the Bank (at the address on page one and separately to the Bank officer responsible for Borrower’s relationship with the Bank).  Such notice or demand shall be deemed sufficiently given for all purposes when delivered (i) by personal delivery and shall be deemed effective when delivered, or (ii) by mail or courier and shall be deemed effective three (3) New York Business Days after deposit in an official depository maintained by the United States Post Office for the collection of mail or one (1) New York Business Day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight courier service ( e.g., Federal Express).  Notice by e-mail is not valid notice under this or any other agreement between Borrower and the Bank.

 

12.        JOINT AND SEVERAL.   If there is more than one Borrower, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for all amounts which become due under this Note and the term “Borrower” shall include each as well as all of them.

 

13.        GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.   This Note has been delivered to and accepted by the Bank and will be deemed to be made in the State of New York.  Except as provided under federal law, this Note will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York excluding its conflict of laws rules.  BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN A COUNTY OR JUDICIAL DISTRICT WHERE THE BANK MAINTAINS A BRANCH, AND CONSENTS THAT THE BANK MAY EFFECT ANY SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER AND AT BORROWER’S ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE FOR PROVIDING NOTICE OR DEMAND; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS NOTE WILL PREVENT THE BANK FROM BRINGING ANY ACTION, ENFORCING ANY AWARD OR JUDGMENT OR EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER INDIVIDUALLY, AGAINST ANY SECURITY OR AGAINST ANY PROPERTY OF BORROWER WITHIN ANY OTHER COUNTY, STATE OR OTHER FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC JURISDICTION.   Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both the Bank and Borrower.  Borrower waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Note.

 

14.        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  BORROWER AND THE BANK HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY BORROWER AND THE BANK MAY HAVE IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING, IN LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.  BORROWER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF THE BANK HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WILL NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BANK HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS NOTE BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.

 

x          Amended and Restated Note.   The Borrower acknowledges, agrees and understands that this Note is given in replacement of and in substitution for, but not in payment of, a prior Replacement Daily Adjusting Libor Revolving Line Note dated on or ab out December 16, 2011, in the original principal amount of $25,000,000.00, given by Borrower in favor of the Bank, as the same may have been amended or modified from time to time (“Prior Note”), , and further, that: (a) the obligations of the Borrower as evidenced by the Prior Note shall continue in full force and effect, as amended and restated by this Note, all of such obligations being hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower; (b) any and all liens, pledges, assignments and security interests securing the Borrower’s obligations under the Prior Note shall continue in full force and effect, are hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower, and are hereby acknowledged by the Borrower to secure, among other things, all of the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under this Note, with the same priority, operation and effect as that relating to the obligations under the Prior Note; and (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed to extinguish, release, or discharge, or constitute, create, or effect a novation of, or an agreement to extinguish, the obligations of the Borrower with respect to the indebtedness originally described in the Prior Note or any of the liens, pledges, assignments and security interests securing such obligations.

 

4



 

Acknowledgment.   Borrower acknowledges that it has read and understands all the provisions of this Note, including the Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Waiver of Jury Trial , and has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.

 

 

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Name:

Edward J. Gaio

/S/ Douglas J. Malone

 

Title:

Vice President and CFO

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas J. Malone

 

 

Typed Name of Witness

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

 

)

 

 

:SS.

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG

 

)

 

On 20th day of December, in the year 2012, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared EDWARD J. GAIO , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

/S/ Nancy L. Curren

 

 

Notary Public

 

FOR BANK USE ONLY

 

Authorization Confirmed:

Product Code: 11900

Disbursement of Funds:

Credit A/C

 

#

 

Off Ck

 

#

 

Payoff Obligation

 

#

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

5




Exhibit 10.19

 

(Translation; for Reference Only)

 

December 20, 2012

 

between

 

HARDINGE PRECISION MACHINERY (JIAXING) CO., LTD.

 

as Mortgagor

 

and

 

CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK JIAXING  BRANCH

 

as Mortgagee

 


 

MAXIMUM-AMOUNT MORTGAGE CONTRACT

 


 

1



 

THIS MAXIMUM-AMOUNT MORTGAGE CONTRACT is made on the contract by and between:

 

(i)                                      HARDINGE PRECISION MACHINERY (JIAXING) CO., LTD. , a company located at No.2676, Wanguo Road, Jiaxing City, China,314000 with Richard Leigh Simons as its legal representative (or principal officer), and fax number +86-573-82601998 and telephone number +86-573-82601088 as Mortgagor (“ Party A ”); and

 

(ii)                                   CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK JIAXING BRANCH , a company located at No.208, Ziyang Street, Jiaxing City, China, 314000 with Chen Qiang as its principal officer, and fax number +86-573-82032605 and telephone number +86-573-82065591 as Mortgagee (“ Party B ”).

 

Party A and Party B hereinafter are collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”.

 

WHEREAS:

 

(1)                                                        Party B will enter into and/or has entered into with _Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd.      (the “Debtor”) RMB loan agreement(s), foreign currency loan agreement(s), bank acceptance agreement(s), letter of credit (the “L/C”) issuance agreement(s),  letter of guarantee (the “L/G”) issuance agreement(s) and/or other legal documents during the period commencing from _20/12/2012_ (d/m/y) and ending on _20/12/2014      (d/m/y)(the “Period for Determining the Secured Indebtedness”) (such contracts, agreements and/or other legal documents entered into during the Period for Determining the Secured Indebtedness  are referred to as the “Master Agreement” hereinafter) in order to provide the credit services listed in below items:

 

(i)                                   RMB/Foreign Currency loans;

 

(ii)                                acceptance of commercial bills;

 

(iii)                             issuance of L/C;

 

(iv)                            issuance of L/G;

 

(v)                               other credit services:                      .

 

(2)                                                        Party A has agreed to create a mortgage (this “Mortgage”) to secure all the debts incurred by the Debtor under the Master Agreement up to a maximum amount specified in Article 2.

 

In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B have entered into this Contract after consultation.

 

2



 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

 

1.1                                Party A shall create the Mortgage over the properties set out in the “List of Mortgaged Properties” (this “Mortgaged Properties”) set out in Article 12.

 

1.2                                In case the ownership certificate or other title document of the Mortgaged Properties is reissued/renewed, Party A shall not refuse to fulfill its duties and obligations under this Mortgage on the grounds that, details of the Mortgaged Properties recorded on the reissued/renewed ownership certificate or other title document or on the registration book maintained by the registration authority are inconsistent with those set out in (i) the “List of Mortgaged Properties”, or (ii) Certificate of Non-ownership Proprietary Rights or other mortgage certificates kept by Party B.

 

1.3                                Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties or stipulated under the applicable laws, any object or article newly added onto the Mortgaged Properties by attachments, mix-up, processing, conversion or alteration shall be deemed to be part of the Mortgaged Properties.  Party A shall complete the required registration of these newly added objects or articles upon Party B’s request.

 

1.4                                If the value of the Mortgaged Properties has decreased or may possibly decrease, which may prejudice Party B’s security interest under this Contract , Party A shall provide new security upon Party B’s request.

 

2.1                                SECURED INDEBTEDNESS AND MAXIMUM SECURED AMOUNT

 

2.1                                The secured indebtedness hereunder shall cover all the indebtedness of the Debtor under the Master Agreement, including without limitation the principal, interest accrued thereon (including  compound and default interest), damages, compensation, other amounts payable by the Debtor to Party B (including without limitation the expenses such as the handling fees, communication fees, miscellaneous fees and the bank charges that the beneficiary refuses to pay), as well as all costs and expenses that Party B may incur in connection with the realization of its creditor’s rights and  security interests, including without limitation any fees relating to litigation, arbitration, property preservation, travel and accommodation, enforcement, appraisal and evaluation, auction, notarization, service of documentation, public announcements and attorney’s fees. (the “Secured Indebtedness”).

 

2.2                                The maximum amount secured by this Mortgage shall be RMB 34,189,000.00 (the “Maximum Secured Amount”). If Party A performs its security obligations under this Mortgage, the Maximum Secured Amount shall be reduced in accordance with the actual amount paid by Party A.

 

2.3                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, all loans, interest, fees, expenses, or any other rights of Party B under the Master Agreement shall be covered by this Mortgage even though any of the same occurs outside the Period for Determining the Secured Indebtedness, or the maturity date of any of the same comes after the expiration of the Period for Determining the Secured Indebtedness.

 

3



 

3.                                       REGISTRATION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

 

3.1                                The Parties shall complete the registration of the Mortgaged Properties with the competent registration authority within three working days after the execution of this Contract. On the date of the completion of the registration, Party A shall deliver to Party B all the originals of the Certificate of Non-ownership Proprietary Rights, the mortgage registration documents and other title documents.

 

4.                                       AMENDMENT TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT

 

4.1                                Party A agrees that Party B and the Debtor are not obligated to notify Party A of any amendment to the Master Agreement made by Party B and the Debtor, including without limitation any extension of the term of the indebtedness and any increase of the principal. Party A shall remain liable within the Maximum Secured Amount.

 

4.2                                Changes to the Parties.  Party A’s  liability hereunder shall not be reduced or discharged upon occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      any restructuring, merger, acquisition, division, capital increase/decrease, entering into joint venture or joint operation, change of name etc. of Party B or the Debtor; or

 

(ii)                                   any entrust to third parties by Party B to perform Party B’s obligation under the Master Agreement.

 

4.3                                Where the rights under the Master Agreement have been or will be assigned or transferred by Party B, the Mortgage hereunder shall be assigned or transferred concurrently. Party A shall assist Party B or such third party on the registration of such changes as required under the applicable laws.

 

4.4                                If the assignment or transfer of the rights or debts under the Master Agreement becomes ineffective or invalid, or is revoked or cancelled, Party A shall remain liable to Party B in accordance with this Contract.

 

5.                                       CUSTODY OF THE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

 

5.1                                Party A shall duly possess, take good care and custody of, reasonably utilize and maintain the Mortgaged Properties in good condition and pay any and all relevant taxes and charges imposed on the Mortgaged Properties in a timely manner.  Party B is entitled to inspect the Mortgaged Properties and may request Party A to deliver the originals of the ownership or other title documents of the Mortgaged Properties to Party B for custody.

 

4



 

5.2                                If Party A entrusts or gives consent to a third party to possess, take care and custody of and/or utilize the Mortgaged Properties, it shall notify such third party of the existence of this Mortgage and Party B’s security interest herein, and shall request such third party to maintain the Mortgaged Properties in good condition, permit Party B to inspect the Mortgaged Properties and not to hinder Party B from realizing its security interest under this Mortgage.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Article 5.2, Party A shall not be released from its obligations under Article 5.1 and shall be held responsible for such third party’s acts.

 

5.3                                If the Mortgaged Properties cause body injuries to any person or damage to any property, Party A shall be solely liable for any and all consequences arising there from.  If any claim has been raised against Party B as a result of the abovementioned injury or damage, which results in Party B being held liable or paying any damages or compensations, it is entitled to request Party A for full indemnification.

 

6.                                       INSURANCE OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

 

6.1                                Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, Party A shall insure the Mortgaged Properties in accordance with the applicable laws and Party B’s requirements on insurance type, term and amount to be insured.  The insurer shall have the required statutory qualifications to provide insurance and a good market reputation.

 

6.2                                The contents of the insurance policy shall satisfy the requirements of Party B and contain no restrictive conditions which may adversely affect Party B’s rights and interests.

 

The insurance policy shall specify the following:  (i) Party B is the preferred payee (first beneficiary) of any insurance proceeds payable by the insurer; (ii) no amendment shall be made to the insurance policy without Party B’s prior written consent; and (iii) upon occurrence of any insured event, the insurer shall pay the insurance proceeds payable upon such occasion directly into the account designated by Party B.

 

If the Mortgaged Properties are covered by an existing insurance on the execution date of this Contract but the insurance policy does not contain those details required by Party B as set out in this Article 6.2, Party A shall cause the insurance policy to be amended or annotated correspondingly.

 

6.3                                Party A shall ensure that the insurance remains valid at all times and shall not cause the same to be discontinued or suspended, revoked, invalidated, or cause the insurer’s obligations to be reduced or waived, or make amendment to the insurance policy without Party B’s prior consent.  If any of the secured indebtedness remains outstanding upon the expiration of the insurance, Party A shall renew the insurance for an extended period correspondingly.

 

5



 

6.4                                Party A shall deliver the original insurance policy of the Mortgaged Properties to Party B within _five_ working days from the execution date of this Contract, or in case of a renewed insurance policy, from the date of the renewal .  In addition, Party A shall deliver to Party B all the documents required for making insurance claims or for an assignment of the insurance claims.

 

6.5                                Party B may at its sole discretion choose to dispose of the insurance proceeds in any of the following methods and Party A shall assist Party B in facilitating such disposal:

 

(i)                                      To repair the Mortgaged Properties so as to restore their value;

 

(ii)                                   To repay or prepay the principal amount and the interest accrued under the Master Agreement and related costs;

 

(iii)                                To set up a pledge over the insurance proceeds to secure the debts under the Master Agreement; or

 

(iv)                               To be disposed of by Party A after Party A has provided new security satisfying Party B’s requirements.

 

7.                                       RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSAL OF THE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES BY PARTY A

 

7.1                                Without Party B’s written consent, Party A shall not dispose of the Mortgaged Properties in any manner, including without limitation, abandonment, lease (including renewal of an expired lease), giving away as gifts, assignment or transfer, using the Mortgaged Properties as capital contribution, offering the Mortgaged Properties as security for any other debts, relocation, and change to public purpose, or accretion to other objects, or alteration or division.

 

7.2                                Subject to Party B’s written consent, the sales proceeds from Party A’s disposal of the Mortgaged Properties shall be deposited into the account designated by Party B.  Party B is entitled to elect any method set out in Article 6.5 (ii) to (iv) to dispose of the sales proceeds, and Party A shall assist Party B on the relevant procedures.

 

8.                                       INTERFERENCE OF THIRD PARTIES

 

8.1                                If the Mortgaged Properties are subject to any eminent domain or requisition, or are demolished, confiscated, revoked without compensation by the government , or seized, impounded, frozen, subject to custody of authorities or lien, sold by auction, dispossessed by force, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by a third party, Party A shall promptly notify Party B thereof and take measures in a timely manner to curb, preclude or remedy the circumstances so as to prevent the damage from escalating.  Upon Party B’s request, Party A shall provide new security satisfying Party B’s requirements.

 

6



 

8.2                                After occurrence of any of the events stipulated in Article 8.1, any residual portion of the Mortgaged Properties shall remain as collateral under this Mortgage.  Compensation proceeds received in connection with Article 8.1 events shall be deposited into the account designated by Party B.  Party B is entitled to elect any method set out in Article 6.5 (i) to (iv) to dispose of the compensation proceeds, and Party A shall assist Party B on the relevant procedures.

 

9.                                       REALIZATION OF MORTGAGE

 

9.1                                If the Debtor fails to repay any amount in full upon maturity date or upon such accelerated maturity date as determined by Party B in accordance with the Master Agreement or applicable laws and regulations, or commits any other breach under the Master Agreement, Party B is entitled to dispose of the Mortgaged Properties at its discretion.

 

9.2                                The value of the Mortgaged Properties stipulated in the “List of Mortgaged Properties” as set out in Article 12 or as otherwise agreed by the Parties (the “Interim Value”), irrespective whether recorded in the registration authority’s registration book, shall not be deemed as the definitive value of the Mortgaged Properties.  The definitive value thereof shall be the net amounts of the proceeds after deducting all taxes , fees and expenses.

 

If the Mortgaged Properties are used to offset the Secured Indebtedness, the Interim Value shall not be the basis for making the offset. The value of the Mortgaged Properties shall ultimately be determined by an agreement of the Parties through consultation or by a fair and equitable valuation conducted in accordance with applicable laws.

 

9.3                                The proceeds from Party B’s disposal of the Mortgaged Properties, after deducting all costs and expenses incurred during the sale or auction thereof (including without limitation the fees for custody, evaluation, auction, transfer, taxation, government levies for granting of state-owned land use rights), shall be used first to pay off the debts under the Master Agreement. The balance of the proceeds shall be returned to Party A.

 

9.4                                If Party A and the Debtor are one and the same entity/person, Party B may choose to enforce its creditor’s rights against Party A’s other properties and/or to dispose of the Mortgaged Properties in the order it deems appropriate without having to waive its mortgagee’s rights hereunder.

 

9.5                                Party A shall not interfere in any manner (including any action or omission) with the realization by Party B of its security rights under this Mortgage.

 

7



 

9.6                                The Mortgage shall be in addition to, and shall not be affected by, any other security which Party B may hold now or at any time in the future for the indebtedness under the Master Agreement (including without limitation guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee and standby letter of credit, referred to as “Other Security”) irrespective whether such Other Security is provided by the Debtor. Nor shall this Mortgage be affected by the invalidity or time of effectiveness of such Other Security, nor by any third party’s consent to perform part or all of the indebtedness, nor by Party B not taking any action against any other security provider. Party A hereby waives in advance any objection when and if Party B directly demands Party A to fulfill its obligations in accordance with this Mortgage.

 

9.7                                If the Maximum Secured Amount hereunder is less than the outstanding amount of the indebtedness under the Master Agreement, Party A undertakes that it shall not harm Party B’s interests during its exercise (including exercise in advance) of the subrogation right or recovery right against the Debtor or other security providers.  Party A further agrees that the realization of Party A’s subrogation right or recovery right shall be subordinated to the repayment of the debt under the Master Agreement.  In particular, prior to full repayment of the debt under the Master Agreement:

 

(i)                                      Party A agrees not to claim the subrogation right or the recovery right against the Debtor or other security providers.  If Party A has realized such rights for any reason, it shall apply in priority any of the proceeds so recovered to repay the outstanding debts under the Master Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   If there exists any security in rem for the indebtedness under the Master Agreement, Party A agrees not to claim any right to such collateral or the proceeds obtained from the auction or sale thereof on the grounds of its exercising the subrogation right. Such collateral or the proceeds shall be applied in priority to repay outstanding debts under the Master Agreement;

 

(iii)                                If the Debtor or any other security providers provides any counter-security in favor of Party A, the proceeds obtained from such counter-security shall be applied in priority to repay the outstanding debts under the Master Agreement.

 

9.8                                If the Master Agreement is not legally formed,   ineffective, or null and void, partially invalid, or is cancelled or terminated, and if Party A and the Debtor are NOT the same entity/person Party A and the Debtor shall be severally and jointly liable for the indebtedness of the Debtor arising from the return of property or compensation for losses within the Maximum Secured Amount.

 

9.9                                Party A is fully aware of the risk of interest rate fluctuation. In the event that the interest, the default interest or the compound interest payable by the Debtor is increased due to Party B’s adjustment of interest rates, interest calculation or settlement methods in accordance with the Master Agreement or the interest rate policies promulgated by governmental authorities, Party A shall remain liable for such increased portion.

 

8



 

9.10                         If the Debtor owes Party B any other due and payable debts in addition to the debts under the Master Agreement, Party B is entitled to debit any of the Debtor’s account in RMB or other currencies at China Construction Bank and may choose to repay any of the due and payable debts in the order it deems appropriate. Party A’s obligations hereunder shall not be reduced or discharged in any way.

 

10.                                EVENTS OF  DEFAULT

 

10.1                                     Party A ’s Events of Default:

 

If Party A breaches any provision hereunder, or any of the representations and warranties it has made proves to be false, inaccurate or incomplete, Party B is entitled to take any one or more of the following actions:

 

(i)            To request Party A to rectify the breaches within the prescribed period;

 

(ii)           To request Party A to provide new security;

 

( iii )          To request Party A to compensate Party B for the losses suffered;

 

(iv)          To dispose of the Mortgaged Properties;

 

(v)           Other remedial measures available under the applicable laws.

 

Party B is entitled to elect any of the methods agreed in (ii) to (iv) of Article 6.5 hereunder to apply the sales proceeds from disposal of the Mortgaged Properties, and Party A shall assist Party B on the relevant procedures.

 

If for any reason attributed to Party A, this Mortgage has not been effected, or the value of the Mortgaged Properties decrease s, or Party B fails to realize its rights hereunder in a timely manner or to the  full extent, and if Party A and the Debtor are NOT one and the same entity/person, Party B is entitled to hold Party A and the Debtor jointly and severally liable for the debts under the Master Agreement up to the Maximum Secured Amount.

 

10.2                         Party B’s Events of Default:

 

If the ownership/title documents of the Mortgaged Properties retained by Party B is missing as a result of Party B’s fault or after the debts under the Master Agreement have been paid in full, Party B fails to return the ownership/title documents to Party A in a timely manner or fails to assist Party A upon Party A’s request to deregister this Mortgage in accordance with the applicable laws, Party A is entitled to take any one or more of the following actions:

 

(i)                   To request Party B to bear the costs incurred by Party A in obtaining reissued ownership/title documents of the Mortgaged Properties ;

 

(ii)                To request Party B to return the ownership/title documents of the Mortgaged Properties within a prescribed period, or to assist in deregistering this Mortgage.

 

9


 

11.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                                     Cost Allocation

 

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, all the expenses (including without limitation the expenses in connection with possession, management, disposal, registration, notarization, insurance, transportation, storage, custody, valuation/appraisal, repair, maintenance, auction and transfer) in association with this Contract or the Mortgaged Properties hereunder shall be borne by Party A.

 

11.2                                     Direct Debit Right

 

Party B is entitled to debit, without prior notice to Party A, any bank account of Party A at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies to pay all amounts payable under this Contract. Party A shall assist Party B to complete any procedures for foreign exchange settlement or sale, and Party A shall bear the risk of exchange rate fluctuation.

 

11.3                                     Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B is entitled to inquire about Party A’s creditworthiness with the Credit Database or relevant authorities established or approved by the People’s Bank of China and the Credit Reference Agency, and that Party B is entitled to provide Party A’s information to such Credit Database.  Party A further agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business purpose.

 

11.4                                     Collection by Public Announcement

 

In the event of Party A’s default, Party B is entitled to report to relevant authorities and claim payments by means of public announcement via press.

 

11.5                                     Party B’s Record as Evidence

 

Unless there is reliable and definitive evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal records of principal, interest, expenses and repayments, receipts, vouchers made or retained by Party B during the course of any drawdown, repayment, interest payment, and records and vouchers relating to collections by Party B shall constitute valid evidence of the creditor-debtor relationship under the Master Agreement. Party A shall not raise any objection merely because the above records, receipts, vouchers are made or retained by Party B.

 

11.6                                     No Waivers

 

Party B’s rights hereunder shall not prejudice or exclude any other rights Party B is entitled to under applicable laws, regulations and other contracts.  No forbearance, extension of time limit, preferential treatment or delay in exercising any right hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of rights and interests hereunder or permit or recognition of any breach of this Contract.  Nor shall it restrict, prevent or interfere with the continuous

 

10



 

exercise of such right at a later time or any other right, nor shall the foregoing cause Party B to be liable in any way to Party A.

 

If Party B fails to exercise or delays in exercising any right hereunder, or fails to exhaust the remedies available under the Master Agreement, Party A’s liability under this Contract shall not be reduced or discharged; provided that, if Party B reduces or waives the debts under the Master Agreement, Party A’s liability hereunder shall be reduced or discharged correspondingly.

 

11.7                                     Party A shall promptly notify Party B in writing in the event of (i) division, dissolution, subjecting to insolvency, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, or (ii)  damage to, destruction or infringement of the Mortgaged Properties as a result of any natural course or a third party’s acts, or (iii) the Mortgaged Properties ceasing to be controlled by Party A as a result of any natural course or a third party’s acts, or (iv) any dispute arising in connection with the ownership of the Mortgaged Properties, or (v) the ownership/title documents of the Mortgaged Properties being cancelled.

 

11.8                                     Dissolution or Bankruptcy of the Debtor

 

If Party A is aware that the Debtor is in the proceeding of dissolution or bankruptcy, it shall promptly notify and remind Party B to declare rights, and shall participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy proceeding to exercise preventive recourse right.  Party A shall be held liable for the loss caused as a result of its failure to timely exercise the preventive recourse right if it is or should be aware of the Debtor’s dissolution or bankruptcy proceeding.

 

Notwithstanding the provision of Article 11.6, if Party B and the Debtor agree on settlement agreement or restructuring plan in the process of bankruptcy proceeding, any such settlement agreement or restructuring plan shall not prejudice Party B’s rights hereunder and Party A’s liability shall not be reduced or discharged.  Party A shall not object to any claim made by Party B hereunder by invoking the settlement agreement or the restructuring plan.  Party B is entitled to demand Party A for repayment of any outstanding debts in relation to which it may have made concession in the settlement agreement or the restructuring plan.

 

11.9                                     Dissolution or Bankruptcy of Party A

 

In the event of dissolution or bankruptcy of Party A, Party B is entitled to participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy proceeding to declare rights even if the indebtedness under the Master Agreement is not yet due.

 

11.10                              In the event of any change to its address or other contact information, Party A shall promptly notify Party B of such change in writing.  Party A shall be liable for any loss caused by its failure of giving prompt notice of such change.

 

11



 

11.11                  Other Provisions

 

(1)                                       If the Debtor fails to comply with all applicable laws, regulations or rules on environmental protection, energy saving and emission/pollution reduction, or if there is any potential risk of energy dissipation or pollution, Party B is  entitled to accelerate the exercise of its rights hereunder and adopt other remedial measures provided hereunder or permitted by laws.

 

11.12                  Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract may be settled by consultation.  If the dispute can not be resolved through consultation, such dispute shall be submitted to _(i)_ [Please select from below]:

 

(i)                          the People’s court within the jurisdiction where Party B is located; or

 

(ii)                       _Here’s empty      [name of the arbitration committee] for arbitration at _here’s empty_ [place of arbitration] in accordance with the then prevailing arbitration rules.  The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both Party A and Party B.

 

The provisions hereunder not subject to the dispute shall remain enforceable during the process of litigation or arbitration.

 

11.13                              Effectiveness of this Contract

 

This Contract shall become effective upon:

 

(i)                                      duly execution by the legal representative/(principal officer) or authorized representative of Party A (or this Contract being affixed with the company chop of Party A); and

 

(ii)                                   duly execution by the principal officer or authorized representative of Party B (or this Contract being affixed with the company chop of Party B).

 

11.14                              This Contract shall be executed in _five_ counterparts.

 

12.                                LIST OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

 

Name of
the
Mortgaged
Properties

 

Serial No.
of
Ownership
Certificate
or Other
Title
Certificate

 

Address/
Location

 

[ Area]/[Number
of Properties]

 

Value of
the
Mortgaged
Properties

 

Amounts of
Other
Indebtedness
Secured by the
Mortgaged
Properties

 

Remarks

Building and land use right

 

2012-525577

 

No.2676, Wagnguo Road, Jiaxing City

 

30081.5M 2

 

RMB 59,189,000

 

 

 

 

 

12



 

13.                                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY PARTY A

 

13.1                                     Party A clearly understands the business scope and authorization limit of Party B.

 

13.2                                     Party A has read this Contract and the Master Agreement.  Party B, upon Party A’s request, has explained the terms under this Contract and the Master Agreement. Party A fully understands their meanings and corresponding legal consequences of this Contract and the Master Agreement.

 

13.3                                     Party A is qualified to act as a mortgagor, and the security hereunder is in accordance with laws, regulations, rules, Party A’s articles of association or other internal constitutional documents and has been approved by its internal authority and/or competent state authorities. Party A shall be liable for any and all consequences resulting from its incapability or lack of qualifications or authority to execute this Contract, including without limitation full compensations for any and all losses of Party B.

 

13.4                                     Party A acknowledges that it fully understands the Debtor’s situation including without limitation assets, debts, operation, creditworthiness and reputation, and its qualification and authority for execution of the Master Agreement, as well as all provisions thereunder.

 

13.5                                     Party A owns or has the right to dispose of the Mortgaged Properties in accordance with the applicable laws.  The Mortgaged Properties are neither public facilities nor properties prohibited from being sold or transferred.  No ownership or title disputes are subsisting with respect to the Mortgaged Properties.

 

13.6                                     The Mortgaged Properties are not co-owned by Party A with others, or if there are other co-owner(s), such co-owner(s) have given their written consent to the grant and creation of this Mortgage.

 

13



 

13.7                                     Other than those notified to Party B in writing, the Mortgaged Properties are free of any flaw or encumbrance, including without limitation,  (i) the transfer of the Mortgaged Properties is restricted; or (ii) the Mortgaged Properties have been seized, impounded or subjected to custody of authorities, lease or lien; or (iii) there exist unpaid debts in relation to the Mortgaged Properties, including purchasing price, maintenance expenses, construction costs, tax, government levies for the granting of state-owned land use rights or compensation payments etc., which are due and unpaid; or (iv) the Mortgaged Properties have been used as security for the benefit of a third party.

 

13.8                                     All the data and information pertaining to the Mortgaged Properties provided by Party A to Party B are authentic, legitimate, accurate and complete.

 

13.9                                     The grant of this Mortgage by Party A does not prejudice any third party’s legal interests or violate any statutory or contractual obligations of Party A.

 

IN WITNESS whereof this Contract has been executed on the date set out at the beginning of this Contract by:

 

Party A: Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd

(company seal)

Legal Representative: RICHARD LEIGH SIMONS

Authorized representative: Zhang Shuxin

Date: 20 th  Dec 2012

 

Party B: CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK JIAXING BRANCH

(company seal)

Vice President: Zhu Jinming

Date: 20 th  Dec 2012

 

14



 

[No Text Below]

 

15




Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiaries of Hardinge Inc.

 

Name and Address of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

 

Percentage of
Ownership

Hardinge Credit Co., Inc.

One Hardinge Drive

Elmira, New York 14902

 

New York

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.

One Hardinge Drive

Elmira, New York 14902

 

New York

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Morrison Machine Products, Inc.

One Hardinge Drive

Elmira, New York 14902

 

New York

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Brothers Inc.

One Hardinge Drive

Elmira, New York 14902

 

New York

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Usach Technologies, Inc.

1524 Davis Road

Elgin, IL 60123

 

Illinois

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Canadian Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd.

c/o Hardinge Inc.

One Hardinge Drive

Elmira, New York 14902

 

Canada

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

Heiligkreuzstrasse 28

CH-9009 St. Gallen

Switzerland

 

Switzerland

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Holdings BV

c/o Equity Trust Co. NV

1077 ZX Amsterdam

Strawinskylann 3105

 

Netherlands

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge China Limited

13/F Gloucester Tower

11 Pedder Street Central

Hong Kong

 

People’s Republic of China

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge GmbH

Saalestrasse 20

47800 Krefeld

Germany

 

Federal Republic of

Germany

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

1388 Kangqiao Road (East)

Pudong New Area

Shanghai 201319

People’s Republic of China

 

People’s Republic of China

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jia Xing) Co., Ltd

2676 Wanguo Road

Jia Xing,

Zhejiang Province

China

 

People’s Republic of China

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

L. Kellenberger & Co., AG

Heiligkreuzstrasse 28

CH 9009 St. Gallen

Switzerland

 

Switzerland

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited

Murray Field Road

Leicester, LE3 1UW

 

United Kingdom

 

100% owned by

Jones & Shipman Hardinge limited

 



 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jones & Shipman SARL

8 Allee des Ginkgos

BP 112-69672

Bron Cedex

France

 

France

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings BV

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.

Oeverkruid 2

4941 VV Raamsdonksveer

Netherlands

 

Netherlands

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holdings BV

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch

4 Tzu Chiang 3rd Road

Nankang Industrial Area

Nan Tou City 540

Taiwan

 

Netherlands

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

Johns & Shipman Hardinge Limited

Whiteacres, Cambridge Road

Whetstone, Leicester LE8 6BD

United Kingdom

 

United Kindom

 

100 % owned by

L. Kellenberger & Co., AG

 

 

 

 

 

Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited

4 Tzu Chiang 3 rd  Road

Nankang Industrial Area

Nan Tou City 540

Taiwan

 

Taiwan ROC

 

100% owned by

Hardinge Holding BV

 




EXHIBIT 23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

1)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-65049) pertaining to the Hardinge Savings Plan,

 

2)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-103985) pertaining to the Hardinge Inc. 2002 Incentive Stock Plan, and

 

3)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-183145) pertaining to the Hardinge Inc. 2011 Incentive Stock Plan;

 

of our reports dated March 13, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

Rochester, New York

March 13, 2013

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

HARDINGE INC.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Richard L. Simons, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 of Hardinge Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2013   /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

HARDINGE INC.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

HARDINGE INC.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Edward J. Gaio, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 of Hardinge Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2013   /s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

HARDINGE INC.
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32

HARDINGE INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Hardinge Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Richard L. Simons, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Edward J. Gaio, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:

    /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
March 13, 2013

 

 

/s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
March 13, 2013

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Hardinge Inc. and will be retained by Hardinge Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

HARDINGE INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002